1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
63 \use_non_tex_fonts false
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
100 \paperorientation portrait
103 \notefontcolor #0000ff
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
437 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
439 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
440 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
447 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
448 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
453 you can view from the menu
455 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
474 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
475 reconfigure LyX (menu
477 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
481 \begin_inset Note Note
484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
493 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
494 More about TeX Code is described in section
499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
501 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
505 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
522 \begin_inset Index idx
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
526 Reconfiguration of LyX
531 See section 5.1 of the
535 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
538 \begin_layout Chapter
542 \begin_layout Section
543 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_inset Index idx
547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
556 \begin_layout Standard
561 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
562 in addition to some more advanced operations:
565 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_inset Graphics
570 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
577 \begin_layout Itemize
595 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_inset Graphics
602 filename ../images/file-open.png
609 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_inset Graphics
622 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
889 \begin_inset Graphics
890 filename ../images/cut.png
897 \begin_layout Itemize
903 \begin_inset Graphics
904 filename ../images/copy.png
911 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_inset Graphics
918 filename ../images/paste.png
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
959 \begin_inset Graphics
960 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also function as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1204 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1206 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1211 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1218 \begin_layout Section
1220 \begin_inset Index idx
1223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 \begin_inset Index idx
1233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1242 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1249 \begin_layout Standard
1250 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1251 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1257 or the toolbar button
1258 \begin_inset Graphics
1259 filename ../images/undo.png
1263 to undo some mistake.
1264 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1269 or the toolbar button
1270 \begin_inset Graphics
1271 filename ../images/redo.png
1276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1291 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1300 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1301 This is a consequence of the 100
1302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1305 step undo limit, above.
1308 \begin_layout Standard
1317 work on almost everything in LyX.
1318 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1322 \begin_layout Section
1324 \begin_inset Index idx
1327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1337 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1340 \begin_layout Enumerate
1345 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 once anywhere in the edit window.
1351 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1355 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 \begin_layout Itemize
1366 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1369 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1372 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1375 \begin_layout Itemize
1376 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1378 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1385 \begin_layout Enumerate
1386 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1390 \begin_layout Standard
1391 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1392 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1396 \begin_layout Enumerate
1401 \begin_layout Standard
1406 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1411 \begin_layout Section
1413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1415 name "sec:Navigating"
1420 \begin_inset Index idx
1423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1432 \begin_layout Standard
1433 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1436 \begin_layout Itemize
1441 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1442 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1445 \begin_layout Itemize
1448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1451 or the toolbar button
1452 \begin_inset Graphics
1453 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1462 (TOC) that is described in section
1463 \begin_inset space ~
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1474 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1475 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1476 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1477 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1478 to the document, see section
1479 \begin_inset space ~
1483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1485 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1494 option sorts the current list, and the
1498 option keeps it in the current view state.
1499 Keeping means that when you have e.
1500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1504 \begin_inset space \space{}
1507 the subsections of section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1515 3, the subsections of section
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1519 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1524 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1525 \begin_inset space ~
1531 \begin_layout Standard
1533 \begin_inset space \space{}
1537 \begin_inset Graphics
1538 filename ../images/down.png
1543 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1548 \begin_inset space \space{}
1552 \begin_inset Graphics
1553 filename ../images/up.png
1558 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1562 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1564 So you can for example move section
1565 \begin_inset space ~
1569 \begin_inset space ~
1573 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1575 \begin_inset Graphics
1576 filename ../images/promote.png
1581 \begin_inset Graphics
1582 filename ../images/demote.png
1586 or the corresponding key bindings
1594 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1595 So you can for example make section
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1604 \begin_inset space ~
1610 \begin_layout Standard
1612 \begin_inset Graphics
1613 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1618 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1619 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1620 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1621 go back to your last editing position.
1624 \begin_layout Section
1625 Input / Word Completion
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1628 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1633 \begin_inset Index idx
1636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1643 \begin_inset Index idx
1646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1680 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1681 is used to propose completions.
1684 \begin_layout Standard
1685 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1686 there are completions available.
1687 You can then press the
1691 key to use this completion.
1692 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1693 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1694 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1701 \begin_layout Standard
1702 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1704 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1707 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1709 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1712 by deselecting the option
1719 Automatic inline completion
1721 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1722 To accept this proposal, use the
1731 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1732 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1740 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1747 \begin_layout Section
1749 \begin_inset Index idx
1752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1759 \begin_inset Index idx
1762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_inset Index idx
1794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_layout Standard
1826 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1827 LyX's default is CUA.
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1834 \begin_inset space ~
1842 \begin_inset space ~
1863 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1867 \begin_layout Labeling
1868 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1872 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1873 LatexCommand nomenclature
1875 description "Tabulator key"
1881 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1882 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1883 \begin_inset space ~
1887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1889 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1896 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1900 , especially section
1901 \begin_inset space ~
1905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1907 reference "sub:Lists"
1913 If you're still confused, look in the
1920 \begin_layout Labeling
1921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1925 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1926 LatexCommand nomenclature
1928 description "Escape key"
1935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1942 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1943 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1946 \begin_layout Labeling
1947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1953 \begin_inset space ~
1957 \begin_inset space ~
1964 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1965 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1969 \begin_layout Standard
1970 There are three modifier keys:
1973 \begin_layout Labeling
1974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1992 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1993 LatexCommand nomenclature
1995 description "Control key"
1999 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2000 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2004 \begin_layout Itemize
2013 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2016 \begin_layout Itemize
2025 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2028 \begin_layout Itemize
2037 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2041 \begin_layout Labeling
2042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2060 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2061 LatexCommand nomenclature
2063 description "Shift key"
2067 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2068 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2071 \begin_layout Labeling
2072 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2090 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2091 LatexCommand nomenclature
2093 description "Alt or Meta key"
2097 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2098 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2099 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2105 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2107 menu accelerator keys
2110 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2111 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2115 \begin_layout Standard
2116 For example, the sequence
2117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2123 \begin_inset space ~
2127 \begin_inset space ~
2133 \begin_inset space ~
2141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2160 \begin_inset space ~
2166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 \begin_layout Standard
2181 manual lists all other things bound to the
2189 \begin_layout Standard
2190 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2191 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2192 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2193 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2194 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2195 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2196 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2197 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2213 followed by a capital
2220 \begin_layout Standard
2221 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2223 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2228 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2231 as explained in sec.
2232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2238 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2245 \begin_layout Chapter
2247 \begin_inset Index idx
2250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2259 \begin_layout Section
2261 \begin_inset Index idx
2264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2273 \begin_layout Subsection
2277 \begin_layout Standard
2278 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2279 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2280 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2281 numbering schemes, and so on.
2282 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2283 and format the title of your document differently.
2286 \begin_layout Standard
2291 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2292 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2293 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2294 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2295 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2298 \begin_layout Standard
2299 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2300 how to adjust their properties.
2303 \begin_layout Subsection
2305 \begin_inset Index idx
2308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2317 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 You can select a class using the
2327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2328 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2332 \begin_inset Index idx
2335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2342 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2355 \begin_layout Description
2356 Article for basic articles
2359 \begin_layout Description
2360 Report for basic reports
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Book for writing a book
2367 \begin_layout Description
2368 Letter for US-style letters
2371 \begin_layout Standard
2372 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2373 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2374 will include many of these.
2375 Here are some of the classes.
2376 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2378 Special Document Classes
2387 \begin_layout Description
2388 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2391 \begin_layout Description
2392 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2396 \begin_layout Description
2397 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2401 \begin_layout Description
2402 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2403 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2404 There are three article layouts available.
2405 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2406 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2407 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2408 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2413 sequential numbering
2414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2417 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2418 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2419 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2420 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2423 \begin_layout Description
2424 Beamer Layout for presentations
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2429 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2433 \begin_layout Description
2434 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2437 \begin_layout Description
2439 \begin_inset space ~
2442 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Foils Used to make transparencies
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2455 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2461 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2464 \begin_layout Description
2465 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2474 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2475 (Is used by this document.)
2478 \begin_layout Description
2479 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2482 \begin_layout Description
2483 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2486 \begin_layout Description
2491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2498 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2499 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2501 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Slides Used to make transparencies
2508 \begin_layout Description
2510 \begin_inset space ~
2513 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2514 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2521 \begin_layout Standard
2522 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2524 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2530 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2531 of the document classes.
2534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2536 \change_inserted 5863208 1293405980
2542 \begin_layout Standard
2543 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2547 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2549 \begin_inset Index idx
2552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2569 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2574 \begin_inset space ~
2581 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2582 that are not installed to produce output.
2583 So it seems that something is wrong.
2586 \begin_layout Standard
2587 But nothing is wrong.
2588 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2589 and some of them, like
2593 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2594 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2595 files, with a growing number.
2596 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2597 by some document class.
2598 There are just too many of them.
2599 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2602 \begin_layout Standard
2603 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2604 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2605 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2606 document class for a new file.
2607 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2612 Installing new LaTeX files
2613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2620 manual for information on how to install them.
2621 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2627 \begin_layout Standard
2628 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2629 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2631 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2632 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2633 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2635 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2638 \begin_inset space ~
2645 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2657 \begin_inset Index idx
2660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2669 \begin_layout Standard
2670 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2671 chosen document class.
2672 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2673 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2684 \begin_inset Index idx
2687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2694 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2698 \begin_layout Standard
2699 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2700 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2701 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2702 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2703 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2704 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2705 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2707 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2711 \begin_inset Index idx
2714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2715 Reconfiguration of LyX
2721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2724 Installing new LaTeX files
2725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2732 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2735 \begin_layout Standard
2736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2744 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2745 LyX will advise you about these things.
2753 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 Each class has a default set of options.
2759 Here's a quick table describing them:
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2763 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2769 \begin_layout Standard
2771 \begin_inset Tabular
2772 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2773 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3232 \begin_layout Standard
3233 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3240 You're probably also wondering what
3241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3245 \begin_inset space ~
3249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3253 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3254 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3259 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3264 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3274 headings, there are also
3282 headings, and so on.
3283 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3284 \begin_inset space ~
3288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3290 reference "sub:Headings"
3297 \begin_layout Subsection
3299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3301 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3306 \begin_inset Index idx
3309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3318 \begin_inset Index idx
3321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 \begin_layout Standard
3331 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3333 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3344 \begin_inset space ~
3349 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3351 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3352 to use for your document.
3353 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3357 \begin_layout Standard
3364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3375 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3376 You can choose between the following five options:
3379 \begin_layout Labeling
3380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3385 Use default page style of current class.
3388 \begin_layout Labeling
3389 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3394 No page numbers or headings.
3397 \begin_layout Labeling
3398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3406 \begin_layout Labeling
3407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3412 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3413 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3414 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3417 \begin_layout Labeling
3418 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3423 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3429 \begin_inset Index idx
3432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3439 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3440 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3442 Check the documentation for the
3446 package for more details,
3447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3456 \begin_layout Standard
3461 of paragraphs is described in section
3462 \begin_inset space ~
3466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3468 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3475 \begin_layout Subsection
3476 Paper Size and Orientation
3477 \begin_inset Index idx
3480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3481 Document ! Paper size
3487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3489 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3496 \begin_layout Standard
3497 You'll find the following options in the menu
3500 \begin_inset space ~
3505 of the dialog of the
3507 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3513 \begin_inset Index idx
3516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3525 \begin_layout Labeling
3526 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3530 \begin_inset space ~
3535 What size paper to print on.
3539 \begin_layout Itemize
3545 \begin_layout Itemize
3555 \begin_layout Itemize
3561 \begin_layout Itemize
3567 \begin_layout Itemize
3573 \begin_layout Itemize
3579 \begin_layout Itemize
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3602 \begin_layout Labeling
3603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3607 \begin_inset space ~
3612 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3613 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3616 \begin_layout Subsection
3618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3625 \begin_inset Index idx
3628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3635 \begin_inset Index idx
3638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3647 \begin_layout Standard
3648 Paper margins are set in the menu
3650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3654 \begin_inset Index idx
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3666 \begin_layout Standard
3667 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3668 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3669 the paper format and the font size into account.
3672 \begin_layout Subsection
3676 \begin_layout Standard
3677 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3682 That includes the paragraph environments.
3683 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3684 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3685 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3686 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3695 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3697 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3698 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3699 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3702 \begin_layout Section
3703 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3704 \begin_inset Index idx
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3708 Paragraph ! Indentation
3716 \begin_layout Subsection
3718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3720 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3727 \begin_layout Standard
3728 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3729 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3732 \begin_layout Standard
3733 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3734 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3735 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3736 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3740 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3746 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3747 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3748 language than English.
3749 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3752 \begin_layout Standard
3753 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3754 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3756 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3757 LyX takes care of that.
3758 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3760 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3761 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3762 of a page, and so on.
3766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3767 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3772 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3773 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3777 of these pre-coded spacings.
3778 We'll explain more later.
3781 \begin_layout Subsection
3782 Paragraph Separation
3783 \begin_inset Index idx
3786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3787 Paragraph ! Separation
3795 \begin_layout Standard
3796 To separate paragraphs, select
3807 \begin_inset space ~
3814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3818 \begin_inset Index idx
3821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3828 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3829 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3844 \begin_inset space ~
3848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3850 reference "cap:Units"
3855 The default length is 30
3856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3862 \begin_layout Subsection
3866 \begin_layout Standard
3867 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3870 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3872 \begin_inset space ~
3877 dialog and toggle the
3880 \begin_inset space ~
3885 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3888 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3892 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3893 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3899 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3902 \begin_layout Subsection
3904 \begin_inset Index idx
3907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3908 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3916 \begin_layout Standard
3919 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3923 \begin_inset Index idx
3926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3935 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3938 \begin_inset space ~
3947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3948 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3953 \begin_inset Index idx
3956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3957 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3962 installed to use this feature.
3970 \begin_layout Section
3971 Paragraph Environments
3972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3974 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3979 \begin_inset Index idx
3982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3983 Paragraph ! Environments
3989 \begin_inset Index idx
3992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 Paragraph environments|(
4001 \begin_layout Subsection
4005 \begin_layout Standard
4006 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4028 \begin_inset Newline newline
4031 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4032 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4033 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4042 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4045 \begin_layout Standard
4046 A paragraph environment is simply a
4047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4054 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4055 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4056 scheme, labels, and so on.
4057 Additionally, you can
4058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4065 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4066 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4067 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4068 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4069 days of typewriters.
4070 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4072 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4075 \begin_layout Standard
4076 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4077 \begin_inset Graphics
4078 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4084 at the left end of the toolbar.
4085 LyX will change the environment of the
4089 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4090 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4091 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4104 create a new paragraph using the
4108 paragraph environment.
4110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4117 because if you are in one of these environments:
4120 \begin_layout Itemize
4126 \begin_layout Itemize
4132 \begin_layout Itemize
4138 \begin_layout Itemize
4144 \begin_layout Itemize
4150 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 \begin_layout Standard
4163 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4167 , rather than resetting it to
4172 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4173 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4174 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4175 \begin_inset space ~
4179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4181 reference "sec:Nesting"
4186 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4191 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4192 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4196 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4202 \begin_layout Subsection
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 The default paragraph environment is
4212 It creates a plain paragraph.
4213 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4214 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4215 this manual) are in the
4222 \begin_layout Standard
4223 You can nest a paragraph using the
4227 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4235 \begin_layout Subsection
4237 \begin_inset Index idx
4240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4249 \begin_layout Standard
4250 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4259 for thanks or contact information.
4260 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4261 page along with today's date.
4262 For other types of documents, the title
4263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4270 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4274 \begin_layout Standard
4275 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4289 Here's how you use them:
4292 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 Put the title of your document in the
4300 \begin_layout Itemize
4301 Put the author name in the
4308 \begin_layout Itemize
4309 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4310 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4316 Note that using this environment is optional.
4317 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4318 If you don't want any date, add the line
4319 \begin_inset Newline newline
4329 \begin_inset Newline newline
4332 to the preamble of your document (menu
4334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 You can use footnotes to insert
4342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4349 or contact information.
4352 \begin_layout Subsection
4354 \begin_inset Index idx
4357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4373 \begin_layout Standard
4374 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4375 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4378 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4380 \begin_inset Index idx
4383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4384 Section headings ! Numbered
4392 \begin_layout Standard
4393 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4397 \begin_layout Enumerate
4403 \begin_layout Enumerate
4409 \begin_layout Enumerate
4415 \begin_layout Enumerate
4421 \begin_layout Enumerate
4427 \begin_layout Enumerate
4433 \begin_layout Enumerate
4439 \begin_layout Standard
4440 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4441 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4442 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4445 \begin_layout Standard
4446 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4447 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4448 You group the book into chapters.
4449 LyX does similar grouping:
4452 \begin_layout Itemize
4457 is divided in either
4468 \begin_layout Itemize
4480 \begin_layout Itemize
4492 \begin_layout Itemize
4504 \begin_layout Itemize
4516 \begin_layout Itemize
4528 \begin_layout Standard
4529 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4537 Not all document types use the
4541 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4546 is the top-level heading.
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4559 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4560 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4562 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4576 \begin_inset Index idx
4579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4580 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4593 \begin_layout Enumerate
4599 \begin_layout Enumerate
4605 \begin_layout Enumerate
4611 \begin_layout Enumerate
4617 \begin_layout Enumerate
4623 \begin_layout Standard
4625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4632 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4633 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4634 table of contents, see section
4635 \begin_inset space ~
4639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4649 Changing the Numbering
4650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4652 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4659 \begin_layout Standard
4660 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4661 in the Table of Contents.
4662 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4664 Certain classes start with
4678 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4688 This is something you can change.
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4700 \begin_inset Index idx
4703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 \begin_inset space ~
4718 \begin_inset space ~
4723 you'll see two counters.
4728 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4730 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4735 Short Titles of Headings
4736 \begin_inset Index idx
4739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4740 Section headings ! Short titles
4746 \begin_inset Argument
4749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4758 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4767 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4768 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4769 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4772 \begin_layout Standard
4773 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4774 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4775 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4776 To specify a short title, use the menu
4778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4780 \begin_inset space ~
4786 This will insert a box labeled
4787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4802 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4803 This also works for captions inside floats.
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4807 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4814 \begin_layout Standard
4815 The following information applies to all section headings:
4818 \begin_layout Itemize
4819 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4822 \begin_layout Itemize
4823 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4826 \begin_layout Itemize
4827 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4830 \begin_layout Itemize
4831 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4834 \begin_layout Subsection
4835 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4838 \begin_layout Standard
4839 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4853 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4854 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4855 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4856 the text they contain.
4857 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4865 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4878 when you start a new paragraph.
4879 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4883 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4884 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4885 to change back to the
4889 environment yourself.
4892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4909 \begin_inset Index idx
4912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4922 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4923 time for the differences.
4932 are identical except for one difference:
4936 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4945 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4949 Here's an example of the
4962 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4964 See – no indentation!
4968 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4969 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4970 the other paragraph.
4973 \begin_layout Standard
4974 Here's another example, this time in the
4981 \begin_layout Quotation
4987 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4988 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4989 the first line, then
4993 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4997 you were quoting other text.
5000 \begin_layout Quotation
5001 Here's a new paragraph.
5002 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5003 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5006 \begin_layout Standard
5007 As the examples show,
5011 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5012 They should put quotes in the
5017 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5021 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5030 \begin_inset Index idx
5033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5042 \begin_inset Index idx
5045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5066 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5072 \begin_inset Newline newline
5075 Which I did not rehearse!
5079 It could be much worse.
5080 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5082 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5083 indented a bit more than the first.
5084 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5090 \begin_inset Newline newline
5093 And make things look fine
5094 \begin_inset Newline newline
5100 arg "newline-insert newline"
5106 \begin_layout Standard
5111 does not indent both margins.
5112 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5113 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5120 arg "newline-insert newline"
5126 \begin_layout Subsection
5128 \begin_inset Index idx
5131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5148 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5158 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5167 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5168 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5169 some general features of all four of them.
5172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5176 \begin_layout Standard
5177 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5179 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5188 reset the environment to
5192 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5193 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5194 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5198 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5201 to break paragraphs.
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5205 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5206 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5208 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5209 you read all of section
5210 \begin_inset space ~
5214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5216 reference "sec:Nesting"
5224 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5230 \begin_inset Index idx
5233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5250 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5254 paragraph environment.
5255 It has the following properties:
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5263 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5272 \begin_layout Itemize
5273 The items can have any length.
5274 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5275 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5282 \begin_layout Itemize
5287 environment inside another
5291 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5295 \begin_layout Itemize
5296 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5299 \begin_layout Itemize
5300 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5303 \begin_layout Itemize
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5311 reference "sec:Nesting"
5315 for a full explanation of nesting.
5319 \begin_layout Standard
5320 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5329 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5332 \begin_layout Standard
5333 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5334 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5337 \begin_layout Itemize
5338 The label for the first level
5342 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 The label for the second level is a dash.
5351 \begin_layout Itemize
5352 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5356 \begin_layout Itemize
5357 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5361 \begin_layout Itemize
5362 Back out to the third level.
5366 \begin_layout Itemize
5367 Back to the second level.
5371 \begin_layout Itemize
5372 Back to the outermost level.
5375 \begin_layout Standard
5376 These are the default labels for an
5381 You can customize these labels in the
5383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5386 dialog in the submenu
5393 \begin_inset Index idx
5396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5406 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5407 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5415 reference "sec:Nesting"
5422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5428 \begin_inset Index idx
5431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5440 name "sec:Enumerate"
5447 \begin_layout Standard
5452 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5453 It has these properties:
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5466 \begin_layout Enumerate
5467 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5470 \begin_layout Enumerate
5475 environment resets the counter to one.
5478 \begin_layout Enumerate
5491 \begin_layout Enumerate
5492 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5493 Items can have any length.
5496 \begin_layout Enumerate
5497 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5500 \begin_layout Enumerate
5501 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5504 \begin_layout Enumerate
5505 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5518 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5519 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5526 \begin_layout Enumerate
5527 The first level of an
5531 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5535 \begin_layout Enumerate
5536 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5540 \begin_layout Enumerate
5541 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5545 \begin_layout Enumerate
5546 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5549 \begin_layout Enumerate
5550 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5555 \begin_layout Enumerate
5556 Back to the third level
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 Back to the second level.
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5566 Back to the outermost level.
5569 \begin_layout Standard
5570 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5575 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5580 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5584 \begin_layout Standard
5585 There is more to nesting
5589 environments than we've stated here.
5590 You should read section
5591 \begin_inset space ~
5595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5597 reference "sec:Nesting"
5601 to learn more about nesting.
5604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5610 \begin_inset Index idx
5613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5622 \begin_layout Standard
5623 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5627 list has no fixed label.
5628 Instead, LyX uses the first
5629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5636 of the first line as the label.
5640 \begin_layout Description
5641 Example: This is an example of the
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5649 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5653 \begin_layout Standard
5655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5662 it is meant that the first hit of the
5666 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5668 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5676 arg "space-insert protected"
5681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5682 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5684 \begin_inset space ~
5690 \begin_inset space ~
5694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5696 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5700 for more info.) Here is an example:
5703 \begin_layout Description
5705 \begin_inset space ~
5708 Example: This one shows how to use a
5711 \begin_inset space ~
5723 \begin_layout Description
5724 Usage: You should use the
5728 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5729 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5731 It's not a good idea to use a
5735 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5736 You're better off using
5748 paragraphs into them.
5751 \begin_layout Description
5752 Nesting: You can nest
5756 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5760 \begin_layout Standard
5761 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5762 them from the first line.
5765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5771 \begin_inset Index idx
5774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5783 \begin_layout Standard
5788 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5791 \begin_layout Standard
5792 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5800 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5805 environment is named
5817 \begin_layout Standard
5826 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5827 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5830 \begin_layout Labeling
5831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5833 \begin_inset space ~
5836 labels LyX uses the first
5837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5844 of each line as the item label.
5849 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5850 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5851 blank as described above.
5854 \begin_layout Labeling
5855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5856 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5857 the body of the item text.
5858 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5859 label width plus a little extra space.
5863 \begin_layout Labeling
5864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5866 \begin_inset space ~
5869 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5871 If the label width is larger, the label
5872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5879 into the first line.
5880 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5881 margin of the rest of the item text.
5884 \begin_layout Labeling
5885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5890 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5895 environment have the same left margin.
5896 \begin_inset Newline newline
5899 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5902 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5904 \begin_inset space ~
5913 \begin_inset space ~
5918 determines the default label width.
5919 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5928 multiple times instead.
5929 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5938 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5941 \begin_inset space ~
5946 every time you alter a label in a
5951 \begin_inset Newline newline
5954 The predefined default width is the length of
5955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5964 \begin_inset Newline newline
5968 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5976 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5977 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5985 \begin_layout Standard
5990 environment the same way like the
5994 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6000 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6004 \begin_layout Standard
6009 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6011 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6013 \begin_inset space ~
6017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6019 reference "sec:Nesting"
6023 to learn about nesting.
6026 \begin_layout Standard
6027 There is yet another feature of the
6031 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6033 You can use additional
6037 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6042 are documented in section
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6049 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6054 Here are some examples:
6055 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6061 \begin_layout Labeling
6062 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6063 Left The default for
6070 \begin_layout Labeling
6071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6072 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6079 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6082 \begin_layout Labeling
6083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6084 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6088 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6095 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6098 \begin_layout Subsection
6100 \begin_inset Index idx
6103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6120 \begin_inset space ~
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6137 \begin_inset space ~
6143 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6144 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6145 In contrast, you can use the
6152 \begin_inset space ~
6157 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6158 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 Of course, you're not limited to using
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6179 \begin_inset space ~
6184 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6185 some European academic papers.
6188 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6192 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6199 \begin_layout Standard
6204 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6205 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6209 \begin_inset space ~
6214 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6215 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6216 Here's an example of each:
6219 \begin_layout Right Address
6221 \begin_inset Newline newline
6225 \begin_inset Newline newline
6229 \begin_inset Newline newline
6232 When is it? What is today?
6235 \begin_layout Standard
6239 \begin_inset space ~
6245 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6246 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6247 Here's an example of the
6254 \begin_layout Address
6256 \begin_inset Newline newline
6259 Where do I send this
6260 \begin_inset Newline newline
6263 Your post office and country
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6267 As you can see, both
6274 \begin_inset space ~
6279 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6284 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6290 This makes sense, since
6298 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6299 Thus, you have to use
6306 arg "newline-insert newline"
6312 \begin_inset space ~
6315 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6317 \begin_inset space ~
6326 menu) to start a new line in an
6333 \begin_inset space ~
6341 \begin_layout Subsection
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6346 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6347 or list of references.
6348 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6351 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6355 \begin_inset Index idx
6358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6367 \begin_layout Standard
6372 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6373 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6374 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6375 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6379 in anything else or vice versa.
6385 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6386 The book document classes ignores the
6390 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6394 in a letter document class.
6397 \begin_layout Standard
6402 environment does several things for you.
6403 First, it puts the centered label
6404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6412 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6414 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6415 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6416 the subsequent text.
6417 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6418 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6421 \begin_layout Standard
6422 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6426 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6427 The new paragraph will still be in the
6432 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6433 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6436 \begin_layout Standard
6437 \begin_inset Float figure
6442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6444 \begin_inset Graphics
6445 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_inset Caption
6455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6458 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6480 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6484 environment, but since this document is in the
6485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6492 class, we can't do this.
6493 We inserted it therefore as figure
6494 \begin_inset space ~
6498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6500 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6505 If you've never heard of an
6506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6513 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6522 \begin_inset Index idx
6525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6534 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6541 \begin_layout Standard
6546 environment is used to list references.
6547 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6548 only use it at the end of the document.
6553 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6556 \begin_layout Standard
6557 When you first open a
6561 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6577 depending on the document class.
6578 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6579 Each paragraph of the
6583 environment is a bibliography entry.
6588 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6589 Each new paragraph is still in the
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6598 by using a BibTeX database.
6599 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6600 phy handling, have a look at in section
6601 \begin_inset space ~
6605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6607 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6614 \begin_layout Subsection
6618 \begin_inset Index idx
6621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6622 Paragraph ! LyX code
6628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6637 \begin_layout Standard
6642 environment is another LyX extension.
6643 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6648 key as a fixed whitespace;
6652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6664 \begin_inset space ~
6669 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6674 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6675 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6678 arg "newline-insert newline"
6695 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6696 So, when you finish using the
6700 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6701 Also, you can nest the
6705 environment inside of others.
6708 \begin_layout Standard
6709 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6712 \begin_layout Itemize
6716 arg "newline-insert newline"
6719 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6724 \begin_inset space \space{}
6734 arg "newline-insert newline"
6740 \begin_layout Itemize
6744 arg "newline-insert newline"
6755 \begin_layout Itemize
6760 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6767 \begin_layout Itemize
6771 arg "space-insert protected"
6778 \begin_layout Itemize
6779 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6780 You must put at least one
6784 in any line you want blank.
6785 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6788 \begin_layout Itemize
6789 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6793 since that will insert
6798 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6801 arg "self-insert \""
6807 \begin_layout Standard
6811 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6815 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6819 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6823 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6827 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6828 printf("Hello World!
6833 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6837 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6841 \begin_layout Standard
6842 This is just the standard
6843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6854 \begin_layout Standard
6859 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6860 rc-files, and so on.
6861 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6862 as if you used a typewriter.
6863 \begin_inset Index idx
6866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6867 Paragraph environments|)
6875 \begin_layout Section
6876 Nesting Environments
6877 \begin_inset Index idx
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6881 Nesting ! Environments
6887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6896 \begin_layout Subsection
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6901 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6903 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6905 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6907 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6919 \begin_layout Enumerate
6923 \begin_layout Enumerate
6928 \begin_layout Enumerate
6932 \begin_layout Enumerate
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6943 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6946 \begin_inset space ~
6950 \begin_inset space ~
6958 \begin_inset space ~
6962 \begin_inset space ~
6971 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6972 will tell you how far you are nested).
6973 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6974 \begin_inset Graphics
6975 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6980 \begin_inset Graphics
6981 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6985 or the convenient key bindings
6996 arg "depth-increment"
7002 arg "depth-decrement"
7005 to change the nesting level.
7006 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7007 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7011 \begin_layout Standard
7012 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7013 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7014 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7015 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7018 \begin_layout Standard
7019 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7020 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7022 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7025 \begin_layout Subsection
7026 What You Can and Can't Nest
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7031 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7036 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7037 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7040 \begin_layout Itemize
7041 Completely unnestable
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7050 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7054 \begin_layout Standard
7055 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7056 environments have them:
7059 \begin_layout Description
7060 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7061 Can't nest into them.
7065 \begin_layout Itemize
7071 \begin_layout Itemize
7077 \begin_layout Itemize
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7096 \begin_layout Description
7098 \begin_inset space ~
7101 Nestable You can nest them.
7102 You can nest other things into them.
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7155 \begin_layout Description
7156 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7157 You can't nest anything into them.
7161 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 \begin_layout Itemize
7173 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7185 \begin_layout Itemize
7191 \begin_layout Itemize
7197 \begin_layout Itemize
7203 \begin_layout Itemize
7209 \begin_layout Itemize
7215 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7227 \begin_layout Itemize
7233 \begin_layout Itemize
7239 \begin_layout Itemize
7243 \begin_inset space ~
7249 \begin_layout Itemize
7256 \begin_layout Standard
7257 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7265 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7274 \begin_inset space ~
7278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7282 \begin_inset space \space{}
7285 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7286 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7287 section headings violate this.
7295 \begin_layout Subsection
7296 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7297 \begin_inset Index idx
7300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7301 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7310 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7311 affected by nesting anyhow.
7315 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7323 \begin_layout Itemize
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7337 Figures and tables in
7341 are not affected by this.
7346 Have a look at section
7347 \begin_inset space ~
7351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7353 reference "sec:Floats"
7357 for more information about
7364 \begin_layout Standard
7365 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7366 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7379 of its own, it behaves just like a
7380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7387 paragraph environment.
7388 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393 Here's an example with a table:
7396 \begin_layout Enumerate
7401 \begin_layout Enumerate
7402 This is (a) and it's nested.
7406 \begin_layout Standard
7407 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7413 \begin_layout Standard
7415 \begin_inset Tabular
7416 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7417 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7504 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7511 \begin_layout Enumerate
7513 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7517 \begin_layout Enumerate
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7525 \begin_layout Enumerate
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7531 This is (a) and it's nested.
7535 \begin_layout Standard
7536 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7544 \begin_inset Tabular
7545 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7546 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7633 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7639 \begin_layout Enumerate
7646 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7649 \begin_layout Enumerate
7653 \begin_layout Standard
7654 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7658 \begin_layout Standard
7659 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7661 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7669 \begin_layout Enumerate
7670 This is (a) and it's nested.
7673 \begin_layout Standard
7674 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7680 \begin_layout Standard
7682 \begin_inset Tabular
7683 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7684 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7770 \begin_layout Standard
7771 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7777 \begin_layout Enumerate
7779 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7791 \begin_layout Standard
7792 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7798 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7799 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7803 \begin_layout Subsection
7804 Usage and General Features
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7808 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7817 is the innermost possible depth.
7818 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7821 \begin_layout Enumerate
7822 level #1 – outermost
7826 \begin_layout Enumerate
7831 \begin_layout Enumerate
7836 \begin_layout Enumerate
7841 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 \begin_layout Itemize
7855 \begin_layout Standard
7856 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7857 both of them in the example.
7858 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7868 For example, if we tried to nest another
7873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7880 , we would get errors.
7883 \begin_layout Subsection
7885 \begin_inset Index idx
7888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7898 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7899 We have several examples of nested environments.
7900 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7905 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7908 \begin_layout Labeling
7909 \labelwidthstring MMM
7910 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7919 \begin_layout Labeling
7920 \labelwidthstring MMM
7921 #2-a This is level #2.
7922 We created it by using
7925 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7931 arg "depth-increment"
7938 \begin_layout Labeling
7939 \labelwidthstring MMM
7940 #3-a This is level #3.
7941 This time, we just hit
7948 arg "depth-increment"
7952 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7956 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7962 arg "depth-increment"
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7974 environment, nested inside of
7975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7983 So, it's at level #4.
7984 We did this by hitting
7987 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7993 arg "depth-increment"
7996 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8001 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8022 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8025 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8031 \begin_layout Labeling
8032 \labelwidthstring MMM
8033 #4-a This is level #4.
8037 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8040 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8045 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8049 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8054 keep nesting things inside
8055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8066 \begin_layout Labeling
8067 \labelwidthstring MMM
8068 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8073 \begin_layout Labeling
8074 \labelwidthstring MMM
8075 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8076 and this is level #6.
8077 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8081 \begin_layout Labeling
8082 \labelwidthstring MMM
8083 #5-b Back to level #5.
8087 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8093 arg "depth-decrement"
8100 \begin_layout Labeling
8101 \labelwidthstring MMM
8105 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8111 arg "depth-decrement"
8114 , we're back at level #4.
8118 \begin_layout Labeling
8119 \labelwidthstring MMM
8120 #3-b Back to level #3.
8121 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8125 \begin_layout Labeling
8126 \labelwidthstring MMM
8127 #2-b Back to level #2.
8132 \begin_layout Labeling
8133 \labelwidthstring MMM
8134 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8135 After this sentence, we'll hit
8139 and change the paragraph environment back to
8146 \begin_layout Standard
8147 We could have also used the
8163 environment in place of the
8168 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8172 Example 2: Inheritance
8175 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8176 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8179 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8188 arg "depth-increment"
8191 , after which, we'll change to the
8199 \begin_layout Enumerate
8204 environment, at level #2.
8207 \begin_layout Enumerate
8208 Notice how the nested
8212 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8216 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8220 \begin_layout Standard
8221 We ended this example by hitting
8226 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8230 and reset the nesting depth by using
8233 arg "depth-decrement"
8239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8240 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8249 \begin_inset Argument
8252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8253 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8261 \begin_layout Enumerate
8262 This is level #1, in an
8266 paragraph environment.
8267 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8271 \begin_layout Enumerate
8276 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8282 arg "depth-increment"
8286 Now, what happens if we nest an
8290 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8291 label be? An asterisk?
8295 \begin_layout Itemize
8305 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8306 So, its label is a bullet.
8307 (We got here by using
8310 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8316 arg "depth-increment"
8319 , then changing the environment to
8327 \begin_layout Itemize
8328 Here's level #4, produced using
8331 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8337 arg "depth-increment"
8341 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8346 \begin_layout Enumerate
8347 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8349 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8354 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8358 , because we are in the
8367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8386 \begin_layout Enumerate
8391 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8392 type of numbering does LyX use?
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8399 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8402 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8405 \begin_layout Enumerate
8409 arg "depth-decrement"
8412 to decrease the depth after the next
8415 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8422 \begin_layout Enumerate
8424 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8428 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8431 numeral as the label.Why?
8434 \begin_layout Enumerate
8435 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8444 Notice, however, that LyX
8448 reset the counter for the label.
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8456 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8462 arg "depth-decrement"
8465 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8466 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8467 into the twofold-nested
8475 \begin_layout Enumerate
8476 The same thing happens if we do another
8479 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8485 arg "depth-decrement"
8488 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8491 \begin_layout Standard
8492 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8497 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8511 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8517 The same rule applies for the
8521 environment, as well.
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8525 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8528 \begin_layout Enumerate
8529 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8530 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8531 same detail with how we did it.
8540 \begin_layout Standard
8548 arg "depth-increment"
8555 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8556 example in parentheses someplace.
8557 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8558 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8559 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8563 \begin_layout Enumerate
8568 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8573 Now we'll add verse.
8574 \begin_inset Newline newline
8577 It will get much worse.
8578 \begin_inset Newline newline
8588 arg "depth-increment"
8599 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8600 \begin_inset Newline newline
8603 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8604 \begin_inset Newline newline
8610 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8623 \begin_layout Standard
8624 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8632 \begin_inset Tabular
8633 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8634 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8635 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8636 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8725 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8735 arg "depth-increment"
8741 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8751 arg "depth-decrement"
8758 \begin_layout Enumerate
8763 : level #1) This is another item.
8764 Note that selecting a
8768 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8769 3 times to put the table inside the
8777 \begin_layout Quotation
8778 We're now ending the
8782 list and changing to
8787 We're still at level #1.
8788 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8789 The next set of paragraphs is a
8790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8809 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8813 for the letter body.
8817 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8820 to preserve the depth.
8821 Remember that you need to use
8824 arg "newline-insert newline"
8827 to create multiple lines inside the
8834 \begin_inset space ~
8844 \begin_layout Right Address
8846 \begin_inset Newline newline
8849 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8850 \begin_inset Newline newline
8856 \begin_layout Address
8858 \begin_inset space ~
8864 \begin_layout Quotation
8865 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8869 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8870 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8871 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8872 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8873 as soon as possible.
8874 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8877 \begin_layout Quotation
8878 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8879 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8880 with your order, along with payment.
8883 \begin_layout Quotation
8884 We thank you again for your patience.
8887 \begin_layout Address
8889 \begin_inset Newline newline
8896 \begin_layout Quotation
8897 That ends that example!
8900 \begin_layout Standard
8901 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8902 just a few keystrokes.
8903 We could have easily nested an
8924 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8927 \begin_layout Section
8928 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8929 \begin_inset Index idx
8932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8941 \begin_layout Standard
8942 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8943 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8944 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8945 be broken at the end of a line.
8946 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8950 \begin_layout Subsection
8952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8954 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8959 \begin_inset Index idx
8962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8971 \begin_layout Standard
8972 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8974 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8978 Further documentation is given in section
8979 \begin_inset Newline newline
8983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8985 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8993 \begin_layout Standard
8994 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9009 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9018 A protected space is set with
9020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9021 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9025 \begin_inset space ~
9035 arg "space-insert protected"
9041 \begin_layout Subsection
9043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9045 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9050 \begin_inset Index idx
9053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9054 Spacing ! Horizontal
9062 \begin_layout Standard
9063 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9066 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9070 The length units are listed in Appendix
9071 \begin_inset space ~
9075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9077 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9088 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9093 \begin_inset Index idx
9096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9111 \begin_inset space \space{}
9114 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9115 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9116 \begin_inset space ~
9120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9122 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9127 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9128 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9131 arg "space-insert normal"
9137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9141 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9146 \begin_inset Index idx
9149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9158 \begin_layout Standard
9160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9167 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9176 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9177 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9178 inside abbreviations:
9183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9187 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9190 \begin_layout Standard
9191 or between values and units.
9192 Compare for example this:
9193 \begin_inset Newline newline
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset Newline newline
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9211 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9221 arg "space-insert thin"
9227 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9231 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9238 \begin_layout Standard
9239 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9242 \begin_layout Description
9244 \begin_inset space ~
9248 \begin_inset space ~
9252 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9256 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9260 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9263 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9266 \begin_layout Description
9268 \begin_inset space ~
9272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9276 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9280 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9284 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9291 em) space between the arrows.
9294 \begin_layout Description
9296 \begin_inset space ~
9300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9304 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9308 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9312 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9316 \begin_inset space ~
9320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9323 em) space between the arrows.
9326 \begin_layout Description
9328 \begin_inset space ~
9332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9336 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9340 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9344 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9348 \begin_inset space ~
9352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9355 em) space between the arrows.
9358 \begin_layout Description
9360 \begin_inset space ~
9364 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9368 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9373 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9380 cm space between the arrows.
9383 \begin_layout Standard
9385 \begin_inset space ~
9389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9391 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9395 lists the different space sizes.
9398 \begin_layout Standard
9399 \begin_inset Float table
9404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9406 \begin_inset Caption
9408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9411 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9415 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9425 \begin_inset Tabular
9426 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9427 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9652 \begin_inset Index idx
9655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9665 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9666 in a uniform fashion.
9667 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9668 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9669 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9670 equally between themselves.
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9680 This is on the left side
9681 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9684 This is on the right
9690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9703 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9707 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9711 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9717 \begin_layout Standard
9718 That was an example in the
9724 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9728 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9732 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9735 is one in a standard paragraph.
9736 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9740 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9743 \begin_layout Standard
9744 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9747 \begin_inset space ~
9752 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9755 \begin_layout Standard
9757 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9761 \begin_inset space ~
9767 \begin_layout Standard
9769 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9773 \begin_inset space ~
9779 \begin_layout Standard
9781 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9785 \begin_inset space ~
9791 \begin_layout Standard
9793 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space ~
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9805 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9809 \begin_inset space ~
9815 \begin_layout Standard
9817 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9821 \begin_inset space ~
9827 \begin_layout Standard
9828 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9836 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9840 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9841 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9842 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9846 option in the space dialog.
9854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9856 \begin_inset Index idx
9859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9868 \begin_layout Standard
9869 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9875 \begin_inset space \space{}
9878 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9881 \begin_layout Standard
9882 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9885 What is correct English?:
9886 \begin_inset Newline newline
9890 \begin_inset Newline newline
9894 \begin_inset space ~
9897 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9898 \begin_inset Newline newline
9902 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9913 \begin_inset Newline newline
9917 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9928 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9934 \begin_layout Standard
9935 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9940 \begin_inset space ~
9944 \begin_inset space ~
9948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9952 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9955 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9959 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9965 \begin_inset space ~
9969 \begin_inset space ~
9973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9976 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9985 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
9986 That is why it is named
9987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9995 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
9996 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10000 \begin_layout Subsection
10002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10004 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10009 \begin_inset Index idx
10012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10021 \begin_layout Standard
10022 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10025 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10027 \begin_inset space ~
10033 There you find the following sizes:
10036 \begin_layout Standard
10049 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10054 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10060 \begin_inset Index idx
10063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10064 Document ! Settings
10069 for the paragraph separation.
10070 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10081 \begin_layout Standard
10087 \begin_inset Index idx
10090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10096 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10097 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10099 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10100 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10109 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10118 s are described in section
10119 \begin_inset space ~
10123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10125 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10134 If there are several
10138 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10139 You can therefore use
10143 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10146 \begin_layout Standard
10151 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10158 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10166 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10176 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10177 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10189 \begin_layout Subsection
10190 Paragraph Alignment
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10196 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10200 There are five possibilities:
10203 \begin_layout Itemize
10211 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10217 \begin_layout Itemize
10225 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10231 \begin_layout Itemize
10239 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10245 \begin_layout Itemize
10253 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10259 \begin_layout Itemize
10267 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10273 \begin_layout Standard
10274 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10275 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10276 the left and right margins.
10277 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10282 This paragraph is right aligned,
10285 \begin_layout Standard
10287 this one is centered,
10290 \begin_layout Standard
10292 this one is left aligned.
10295 \begin_layout Subsection
10297 \begin_inset Index idx
10300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10301 Page breaks ! Forced
10307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10309 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10316 \begin_layout Standard
10317 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10318 can force a page break where you want one.
10319 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10320 Only if you use a lot of
10324 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10327 \begin_layout Standard
10328 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10329 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10333 have to change the page breaking.
10336 \begin_layout Standard
10337 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10339 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10344 \begin_inset space ~
10350 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10355 \begin_inset space ~
10360 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10362 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10363 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10366 \begin_layout Standard
10367 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10368 at the top of a page.
10369 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10370 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10371 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10372 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10376 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10380 to learn more about
10387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10391 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10396 \begin_inset Index idx
10399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10400 Page breaks ! Clear
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10409 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10410 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10411 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10412 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10413 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10416 \begin_layout Standard
10417 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10420 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 \begin_inset space ~
10428 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10431 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10433 \begin_inset space ~
10437 \begin_inset space ~
10442 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10443 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10446 \begin_layout Subsection
10448 \begin_inset Index idx
10451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10460 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10467 \begin_layout Standard
10468 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10470 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10473 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10475 \begin_inset space ~
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10487 arg "newline-insert newline"
10491 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10494 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10496 \begin_inset space ~
10500 \begin_inset space ~
10505 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10507 This is necessary to avoid
10508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10515 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10518 \begin_layout Standard
10519 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10520 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10521 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10522 set a line break, e.
10523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10527 \begin_inset space \space{}
10530 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10531 \begin_inset space ~
10535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10537 reference "sec:Quote"
10542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10544 reference "sec:Verse"
10549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10551 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10558 \begin_layout Subsection
10560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10562 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10567 \begin_inset Index idx
10570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10581 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10592 \begin_layout Standard
10595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10596 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10598 \begin_inset space ~
10603 you can insert horizontal lines.
10604 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10605 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10610 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10625 \begin_layout Section
10626 Characters and Symbols
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10630 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10631 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10632 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10636 \begin_inset space \space{}
10639 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10647 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10651 for information on how this is done.
10654 \begin_layout Standard
10655 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10660 dialog via the menu
10662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10663 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10678 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10679 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10680 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10688 \begin_layout Section
10689 Fonts and Text Styles
10690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10692 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10699 \begin_layout Subsection
10701 \begin_inset Index idx
10704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10714 There are two types of fonts:
10717 \begin_layout Description
10719 \begin_inset space ~
10723 \begin_inset Index idx
10726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10732 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10737 characters) in the font.
10738 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10739 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10740 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10741 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10742 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10743 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10744 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10745 \begin_inset Newline newline
10748 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10749 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10750 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10751 sizes than at small ones.
10752 \begin_inset Newline newline
10766 \begin_inset space ~
10774 \begin_layout Description
10776 \begin_inset space ~
10780 \begin_inset Index idx
10783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10789 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10790 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10791 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10792 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10793 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10794 picture manipulation program.
10795 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10796 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10797 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10798 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10799 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10801 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10802 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10803 \begin_inset Newline newline
10806 Bitmap fonts are named
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10814 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10817 \begin_layout Standard
10818 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10819 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10820 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10821 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10822 use scalable fonts.
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10827 its document properties.
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10832 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10833 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10834 font to emphasize text, you use an
10835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10843 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10844 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10848 \begin_layout Subsection
10850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10852 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10859 \begin_layout Standard
10860 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10861 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10862 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10864 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10865 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10866 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10867 to usual word processors.
10868 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10869 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10870 across different machines.
10871 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10872 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10874 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10876 \begin_inset space ~
10880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10882 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10887 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10888 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10892 \begin_layout Standard
10893 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10894 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10895 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10896 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10897 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10898 that is installed on your system.
10899 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10902 \begin_layout Standard
10903 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10911 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
10912 es; so you might have to experiment.
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10929 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
10930 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
10938 \begin_layout Subsection
10939 Document Font and Font size
10940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10942 name "sub:Document-Font"
10947 \begin_inset Index idx
10950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10957 \begin_inset Index idx
10960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10969 \begin_layout Standard
10970 You can set the document fonts in the
10972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10976 \begin_inset Index idx
10979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10980 Document ! Settings
10990 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
10991 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
10994 \begin_inset space ~
11003 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11004 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11024 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11025 This requires that you use
11031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11070 as output format, i.
11071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11075 \begin_inset space ~
11078 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11079 \begin_inset space ~
11083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11085 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11090 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11092 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11094 \begin_inset space ~
11097 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11098 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11099 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11101 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11104 \begin_layout Standard
11105 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11110 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11115 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11116 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11138 European Computer Modern
11141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11148 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11151 \begin_layout Standard
11160 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11161 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11166 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11174 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11180 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11181 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11184 \begin_layout Itemize
11193 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11207 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11211 as the default font.
11212 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11213 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11226 One difference is improved kerning for the
11238 \begin_layout Itemize
11247 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11251 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11266 Virtual means that it
11267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11278 -glyphs from other fonts.
11279 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11301 Loading the LaTeX-package
11306 \begin_inset Index idx
11309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11310 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11315 with the document preamble line
11316 \begin_inset Newline newline
11323 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11324 \begin_inset Newline newline
11329 will fix the guillemet problem.
11334 and that accented characters are not
11338 glyph, but build of
11342 characters, the accent and the letter.
11343 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11349 If you search for example for the French word
11350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11357 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11366 and not for the glyph
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11371 \begin_inset space ~
11375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 \begin_layout Itemize
11382 If you do not like the look of
11390 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11409 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11410 \begin_inset space ~
11413 serif and typewriter fonts
11417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11418 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11430 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11443 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11457 , but you can also select your own.
11458 \begin_inset Newline newline
11461 The differences between roman,
11464 \begin_inset space ~
11473 fonts are explained in section
11474 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11480 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11485 \begin_inset Newline newline
11492 was originally designed for newspapers.
11493 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11494 into the small newspaper columns.
11499 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11500 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11503 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11516 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11521 depends on the class you are using.
11522 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11525 \begin_layout Standard
11526 Note that the font size is the
11531 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11532 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11533 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11536 \begin_inset space ~
11542 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11543 \begin_inset space ~
11547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11549 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11556 \begin_layout Standard
11561 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11563 \begin_inset space ~
11566 serif or typewriter.
11571 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11581 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11584 \begin_layout Standard
11593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11602 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11608 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11609 Unless you have specific reasons use
11616 \begin_layout Standard
11617 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11619 Use Old Style Figures
11623 Use True Small Caps
11626 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11629 Use Old Style Figures
11631 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11637 \begin_inset space ~
11640 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11643 Use True Small Caps
11645 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11646 of scaled capitals.
11647 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11648 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11651 \begin_layout Standard
11656 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11657 a font to display the script characters.
11661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11662 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11667 So this has no effect for the document language
11683 \begin_layout Standard
11684 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11696 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11700 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11701 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11702 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11704 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11707 dialog, see section
11708 \begin_inset space ~
11712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11714 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11726 \begin_layout Subsection
11727 Using Different Character Styles
11728 \begin_inset Index idx
11731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11738 \begin_inset Index idx
11741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11750 \begin_layout Standard
11751 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11752 certain paragraph environments.
11753 LyX supports two character styles,
11762 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11766 \begin_layout Standard
11771 style, do one of the following:
11774 \begin_layout Itemize
11775 click on the toolbar button
11776 \begin_inset Graphics
11777 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11784 \begin_layout Itemize
11785 use the key binding
11794 \begin_layout Standard
11795 These commands are all toggles.
11800 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11803 \begin_layout Standard
11804 One typically uses the
11808 style for proper names.
11810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11817 is the original author of LyX.
11818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11824 \begin_layout Standard
11825 A more widely used character style is the
11830 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11837 \begin_layout Itemize
11838 clicking on the toolbar button
11839 \begin_inset Graphics
11840 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11847 \begin_layout Itemize
11848 using the keybindings
11857 \begin_layout Standard
11862 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11863 es use a different font.
11866 \begin_layout Standard
11867 We've been using the
11871 style all over the place in this document.
11872 Here's one more example:
11875 \begin_layout Quotation
11878 Don't overuse character styles!
11881 \begin_layout Standard
11882 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11883 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11884 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11885 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11889 \begin_layout Standard
11890 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11898 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11900 \begin_inset space ~
11908 \begin_layout Subsection
11909 Fine-Tuning with the
11914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11916 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11921 \begin_inset Index idx
11924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11933 \begin_layout Standard
11934 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11935 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11936 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11937 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11938 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11939 from ordinary dialog.
11942 \begin_layout Standard
11943 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11944 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11945 \begin_inset Newline newline
11948 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11949 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11952 \begin_layout Standard
11953 To use custom character styles, open the
11955 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11957 \begin_inset space ~
11963 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11964 font property which you can choose.
11965 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11968 \begin_inset space ~
11973 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11978 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11979 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11980 environments in a snap.
11983 \begin_layout Standard
11984 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11987 \begin_inset space ~
11999 \begin_layout Labeling
12000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12014 The possible options are:
12018 \begin_layout Labeling
12019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12024 This is the Roman font family.
12025 Normally a serif font.
12026 It's also the default family.
12036 \begin_layout Labeling
12037 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12041 \begin_inset space ~
12048 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12060 \begin_layout Labeling
12061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12068 This is the Typewriter font family.
12074 arg "font-typewriter"
12083 \begin_layout Labeling
12084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12089 This corresponds to the print weight.
12094 \begin_layout Labeling
12095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12100 This is the Medium font series.
12101 It's also the default series.
12104 \begin_layout Labeling
12105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12112 This is the Bold font series.
12125 \begin_layout Labeling
12126 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12131 As the name implies.
12136 \begin_layout Labeling
12137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12142 This is the Upright font shape.
12143 It's also the default shape.
12146 \begin_layout Labeling
12147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12161 s the Italic font shape
12167 \begin_layout Labeling
12168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12175 This is the Slanted font shape
12177 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12180 \begin_layout Labeling
12181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12185 \begin_inset space ~
12192 This is the Small caps font shape
12199 \begin_layout Labeling
12200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12205 Alters the size of the font.
12206 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12207 nal to the document font size.
12208 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12209 what you want to do.
12214 \begin_layout Labeling
12215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12236 arg "font-size tiny"
12242 \begin_layout Labeling
12243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12264 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12270 \begin_layout Labeling
12271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12298 \begin_layout Labeling
12299 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 arg "font-size small"
12326 \begin_layout Labeling
12327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12341 It's also the default size.
12345 arg "font-size normal"
12351 \begin_layout Labeling
12352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12373 arg "font-size large"
12379 \begin_layout Labeling
12380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12401 arg "font-size larger"
12407 \begin_layout Labeling
12408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12429 arg "font-size largest"
12435 \begin_layout Labeling
12436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12457 arg "font-size huge"
12463 \begin_layout Labeling
12464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12485 arg "font-size giant"
12492 \begin_layout Standard
12497 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12498 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12499 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12500 — use that instead.
12501 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12504 \begin_layout Labeling
12505 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12510 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12515 \begin_layout Labeling
12516 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12523 This is text with emphasize on
12526 This might seem like the same as
12530 , but it is actually a bit different.
12536 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12538 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12541 \begin_layout Labeling
12542 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12549 This is text with Underbar on.
12555 arg "font-underline"
12561 \begin_inset Newline newline
12566 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12567 when you couldn't change fonts.
12568 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12569 It's only included in LyX because some people
12573 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12576 \begin_layout Labeling
12577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12584 This is text with Noun on.
12591 , this is a logical attribute.
12592 Normally it's equivalent to
12595 \begin_inset space ~
12604 \begin_layout Labeling
12605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12610 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12611 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12615 \begin_inset space ~
12620 , which is the default
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 and means normally black, you can choose between
12661 \begin_inset Index idx
12664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12673 \begin_layout Labeling
12674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12679 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12680 the language of the document.
12681 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12685 \begin_layout Standard
12686 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12687 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12689 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12691 \begin_inset space ~
12696 dialog, the settings are saved.
12697 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12698 \begin_inset Graphics
12699 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12704 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12705 when the dialog isn't visible.
12709 \begin_layout Standard
12710 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12717 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12718 (suppose you just set the shape to
12719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12737 \begin_inset space ~
12749 \begin_layout Standard
12750 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12758 \begin_inset space ~
12770 \begin_layout Itemize
12776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12783 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12801 \begin_inset Newline newline
12805 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12819 \begin_inset Note Note
12822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12823 For more on phantoms see section
12824 \begin_inset space ~
12828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12830 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12840 \begin_inset Newline newline
12846 \begin_layout Itemize
12851 fonts use characters with serifs.
12852 These are the small
12853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12861 The following example will show the difference:
12862 \begin_inset Newline newline
12866 \begin_inset Newline newline
12871 text without serifs
12874 \begin_inset Newline newline
12877 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12878 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12885 \begin_layout Itemize
12891 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12892 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12896 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12897 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12900 \begin_layout Section
12901 Printing and Previewing
12904 \begin_layout Subsection
12908 \begin_layout Standard
12909 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12910 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12911 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12912 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12913 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12915 Additional Features
12920 \begin_layout Standard
12921 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12922 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12923 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12924 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12925 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12926 This happens in two stages:
12929 \begin_layout Enumerate
12930 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12931 generating a file with the extension,
12932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12946 \begin_layout Enumerate
12947 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12951 file to produce printable output.
12955 \begin_layout Subsection
12956 Output file formats
12957 \begin_inset Index idx
12960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12969 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12976 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12977 Simple text (ASCII)
12978 \begin_inset Index idx
12981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12982 File formats ! ASCII
12990 \begin_layout Standard
12991 This file type has the extension
12992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13008 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13015 \begin_layout Standard
13016 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13018 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13019 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13021 \begin_inset space ~
13028 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13029 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13031 \begin_inset space ~
13035 \begin_inset space ~
13041 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13045 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13047 \begin_inset Index idx
13050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13051 File formats ! LaTeX
13059 \begin_layout Standard
13060 This file type has the extension
13061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13072 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13074 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13075 it manually with console commands.
13076 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13077 you view or export your document.
13080 \begin_layout Standard
13081 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13083 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13084 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13103 \begin_inset Index idx
13106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13115 \begin_layout Standard
13116 This file type has the extension
13117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13137 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13138 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13139 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13143 \begin_layout Standard
13144 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13145 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13146 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13147 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13149 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13152 \begin_layout Standard
13153 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13155 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13156 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13161 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13162 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13164 \begin_inset space ~
13171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13181 The latter option uses the program
13190 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13191 font access (see section
13192 \begin_inset space ~
13196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13198 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13203 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13207 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13209 \begin_inset Index idx
13212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13213 File formats ! PostScript
13221 \begin_layout Standard
13222 This file type has the extension
13223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13235 PostScript was developed by the company
13239 as a printer language.
13240 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13242 PostScript can be seen as a
13243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13246 programming language
13247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13250 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13255 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13261 \begin_inset Index idx
13264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13265 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13275 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13278 \begin_layout Standard
13279 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13283 Encapsulated PostScript
13284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13287 (EPS, file extension
13288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13300 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13301 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13306 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13310 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13311 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13312 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13313 EPS to avoid this problem.
13316 \begin_layout Standard
13317 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13319 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13320 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13328 \begin_inset Index idx
13331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13338 \begin_inset Index idx
13341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 \begin_layout Standard
13351 This file type has the extension
13352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13368 Portable Document Format
13369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13376 was derived from PostScript.
13377 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13386 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13387 looks exactly the same.
13390 \begin_layout Standard
13391 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13395 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13399 (JPG, file extension
13400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13427 Portable Network Graphics
13428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13431 (PNG, file extension
13432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13444 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13445 in the background to one of these formats.
13446 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13447 will slow down your workflow.
13448 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13452 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13454 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13457 in three different ways:
13460 \begin_layout Description
13461 PDF This uses the program
13465 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13466 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13470 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13471 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13474 \begin_layout Description
13476 \begin_inset space ~
13479 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13483 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13487 \begin_layout Description
13489 \begin_inset space ~
13492 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13496 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13499 \begin_layout Description
13501 \begin_inset space ~
13508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13515 X) This uses the program
13519 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13524 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13525 font access (see section
13526 \begin_inset space ~
13530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13532 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13537 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13540 \begin_layout Description
13542 \begin_inset space ~
13549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13556 X) This uses the program
13560 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13565 is an even newer engine, derived from
13569 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13570 access (see section
13571 \begin_inset space ~
13575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13577 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13582 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13587 We recommend to use
13590 \begin_inset space ~
13599 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13600 works without problems.
13601 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13602 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13606 \begin_inset space ~
13613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13625 \begin_inset space ~
13632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13641 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13649 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13651 \begin_inset Index idx
13654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13655 FileFormats ! XHTML
13661 \begin_inset Index idx
13664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13673 \begin_layout Standard
13674 This file type has the extension
13675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13687 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13688 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13689 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13690 suitable for the purpose.
13691 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13692 it, but not all do.
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13696 XHTML output remains
13697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13704 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13709 LyX and the World Wide Web
13710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13715 Additional Features
13717 manual, for more information.
13720 \begin_layout Standard
13721 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13724 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13730 \begin_layout Subsection
13732 \begin_inset Index idx
13735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13744 \begin_layout Standard
13745 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13746 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13750 and choose a file type.
13751 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13754 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13757 you can use the toolbar button
13758 \begin_inset Graphics
13759 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13766 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13771 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13773 \begin_inset space ~
13779 \begin_inset Graphics
13780 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13786 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13790 \begin_inset Graphics
13791 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13798 arg "buffer-view ps"
13804 \begin_layout Standard
13805 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13806 viewer window using the menu
13808 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13815 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13817 To have a real output, export your document.
13820 \begin_layout Subsection
13821 Printing the File from within LyX
13822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13824 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13833 it directly from within LyX.
13834 To print a file, select the menu
13836 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13839 or click on the toolbar button
13840 \begin_inset Graphics
13841 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13846 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13847 This file is then processed by the program
13851 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13856 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13859 \begin_layout Standard
13860 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13861 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13862 printing one set to print on the other side.
13863 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13864 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13865 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13868 \begin_layout Standard
13869 You can set the parameters in the
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13880 \begin_layout Labeling
13881 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13886 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13891 Note that this printer name is for the program
13900 has to be configured for this printer name.
13901 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13902 \begin_inset space ~
13906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13908 reference "sub:Printer"
13917 The printer should understand PostScript.
13920 \begin_layout Labeling
13921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13926 The name of a file to print to.
13927 The output will be a PostScript file.
13928 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13932 \begin_layout Section
13933 A few Words about Typography
13934 \begin_inset Index idx
13937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13946 \begin_layout Subsection
13948 \begin_inset Index idx
13951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13960 \begin_layout Standard
13962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13973 character comes in four lengths: the
13985 , and the minus sign:
13986 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 \begin_inset Tabular
13994 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13995 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13996 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13997 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13998 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13999 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14028 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14068 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14095 \begin_inset space ~
14098 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14105 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14132 \begin_inset space ~
14135 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14156 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14190 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14196 \begin_layout Standard
14197 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14209 character multiple times in a row.
14210 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14211 the final output, but not in LyX.
14213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14243 \begin_layout Standard
14244 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14245 math mode and has a length of its own.
14246 Here are some examples of the
14247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14261 \begin_layout Enumerate
14262 line- and page-breaks
14263 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14273 \begin_layout Enumerate
14275 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14285 \begin_layout Enumerate
14286 Oh — there's a dash.
14287 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14297 \begin_layout Enumerate
14298 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14302 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14312 \begin_layout Subsection
14314 \begin_inset Index idx
14317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14326 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14333 \begin_layout Standard
14334 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14335 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14340 \begin_inset Index idx
14343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14344 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14349 following the rules of the document language
14353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14354 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14362 \begin_inset space ~
14366 \begin_inset space ~
14373 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14385 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14390 font and with unusual constructs, like
14391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14399 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14400 This is done with the menu
14402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14403 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14405 \begin_inset space ~
14411 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14412 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14415 \begin_layout Standard
14416 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14417 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14427 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14435 as a hyphenation possibility.
14436 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14437 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14438 as described in section
14439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14442 Prevent Hyphenation
14443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14453 \begin_layout Subsection
14455 \begin_inset Index idx
14458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14468 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14471 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14478 \begin_layout Standard
14479 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14480 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14481 LaTeX then adds the
14482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14485 appropriate amount of space
14486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14490 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14492 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14495 \begin_layout Standard
14496 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14497 not work in all cases.
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14510 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14511 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14514 \begin_layout Standard
14515 Here are some examples of
14519 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14522 \begin_layout Itemize
14527 \begin_layout Itemize
14532 \begin_layout Standard
14533 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14536 \begin_layout Itemize
14538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14542 this is too much space!
14545 \begin_layout Itemize
14550 \begin_layout Standard
14551 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14554 \begin_layout Standard
14555 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14558 \begin_layout Enumerate
14562 \begin_inset space ~
14567 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14568 \begin_inset space ~
14572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14574 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14579 \begin_inset Index idx
14582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14583 Spaces ! inter-word
14591 \begin_layout Enumerate
14595 \begin_inset space ~
14600 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14601 \begin_inset space ~
14605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14607 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14612 \begin_inset Index idx
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14624 \begin_layout Enumerate
14628 \begin_inset space ~
14632 \begin_inset space ~
14636 \begin_inset space ~
14643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14645 \begin_inset space ~
14650 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14651 This function is also bound to
14654 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14660 \begin_layout Standard
14661 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14664 \begin_layout Itemize
14666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14670 \begin_inset space \space{}
14673 this is too much space!
14676 \begin_layout Itemize
14677 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14682 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14683 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14684 will take care of this.
14687 \begin_layout Standard
14688 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14692 \begin_inset space ~
14697 feature described in section
14703 Additional Features
14708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14710 \begin_inset Index idx
14713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14714 Typography ! Quotes
14720 \begin_inset Index idx
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14754 \begin_layout Standard
14755 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14756 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14757 and use a closing quote at the end.
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14767 The keyboard character,
14771 , generates this automatically.
14774 \begin_layout Standard
14775 You can change the behavior of the
14779 key using the submenu
14785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14789 \begin_inset Index idx
14792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14793 Document ! Settings
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14802 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14807 There are six choices:
14810 \begin_layout Labeling
14811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14823 Use quotes like this
14824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14832 \begin_inset Quotes els
14836 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14842 \begin_layout Labeling
14843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14846 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14850 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14856 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14860 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14864 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14870 \begin_layout Labeling
14871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14874 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14878 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14884 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14888 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14892 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14896 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14902 \begin_layout Labeling
14903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14906 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14910 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14916 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14920 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14924 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14928 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14934 \begin_layout Labeling
14935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14938 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14942 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14948 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14952 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14956 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14960 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14966 \begin_layout Labeling
14967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14970 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14974 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14980 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14984 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14988 \begin_inset Quotes als
14992 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14998 \begin_layout Standard
14999 These settings affect what character the
15006 \begin_layout Subsection
15008 \begin_inset Index idx
15011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15012 Typography ! Ligatures
15018 \begin_inset Index idx
15021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15052 name "sub:Ligatures"
15059 \begin_layout Standard
15060 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15061 print them as single characters.
15062 These groups are known as
15067 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15069 Here are the standard ligatures:
15072 \begin_layout Itemize
15076 \begin_layout Itemize
15080 \begin_layout Itemize
15084 \begin_layout Itemize
15088 \begin_layout Itemize
15092 \begin_layout Standard
15093 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15097 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15098 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15106 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15122 To break a ligature, use
15124 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15125 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15127 \begin_inset space ~
15134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15145 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15162 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15170 \begin_layout Subsection
15172 \begin_inset Index idx
15175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15184 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15191 \begin_layout Standard
15192 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15193 characters in different sizes and heights.
15194 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15195 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15215 \begin_inset Note Note
15218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15219 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15227 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15228 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15233 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15237 \begin_layout Description
15238 LyX The name of the game, write
15239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15260 \begin_layout Description
15261 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15283 \begin_layout Description
15284 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15306 \begin_layout Description
15307 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 \begin_layout Standard
15330 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15335 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15343 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15344 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15345 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15348 : The actual version is
15349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15356 , the previous one was
15357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15367 \begin_layout Standard
15368 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15373 \begin_inset space \space{}
15376 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15378 This will look in LyX like:
15379 \begin_inset Graphics
15380 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15386 \begin_inset Newline newline
15389 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15390 \begin_inset space ~
15394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15396 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15403 \begin_layout Subsection
15405 \begin_inset Index idx
15408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15418 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15419 space between two words.
15420 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15430 for units use the menu
15432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15433 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15435 \begin_inset space ~
15443 arg "space-insert thin"
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15450 Here's an example to show the differences:
15453 \begin_layout Standard
15454 \begin_inset Tabular
15455 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15456 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15457 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15458 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15465 \begin_inset space ~
15469 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15481 space between number and unit
15488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15497 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15509 half space between number and unit
15522 \begin_layout Subsection
15524 \begin_inset Index idx
15527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15528 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15536 \begin_layout Standard
15537 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15539 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15540 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15541 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15542 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15543 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15544 These bits of text became known as
15555 \begin_layout Standard
15556 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15557 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15558 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15559 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15560 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15561 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15562 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15566 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15567 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15568 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15569 \begin_inset space ~
15573 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15575 key "latexcompanion"
15580 \begin_inset space ~
15584 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15590 ] may have more information.
15591 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15594 \begin_layout Chapter
15595 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15598 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15605 \begin_layout Standard
15606 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15611 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15614 \begin_layout Section
15616 \begin_inset Index idx
15619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15635 \begin_layout Standard
15636 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15639 \begin_layout Description
15641 \begin_inset space ~
15644 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15645 \begin_inset Newline newline
15649 \begin_inset Note Note
15652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15653 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15661 \begin_layout Description
15662 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15663 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15665 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15666 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15667 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15670 \begin_inset Newline newline
15674 \begin_inset Note Comment
15677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15678 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15686 \begin_layout Description
15688 \begin_inset space ~
15691 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15692 \begin_inset Newline newline
15696 \begin_inset Newline newline
15700 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15710 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15711 How this can be done is explained in the
15720 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15726 \begin_inset Newline newline
15730 \begin_inset Newline newline
15733 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15734 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15738 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15739 \begin_inset Graphics
15740 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15742 scaleBeforeRotation
15748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15752 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15755 \begin_layout Section
15757 \begin_inset Index idx
15760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15769 name "sec:Footnotes"
15776 \begin_layout Standard
15777 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15783 or the toolbar button
15784 \begin_inset Graphics
15785 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15798 \begin_inset Graphics
15799 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15808 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15837 label, the box will
15841 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15842 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15855 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15871 \begin_layout Standard
15872 Here's an example footnote:
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15889 \begin_layout Standard
15890 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15891 position where the footnote box is placed.
15892 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15893 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15894 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15895 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15896 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15901 ey are described in the
15908 \begin_layout Section
15910 \begin_inset Index idx
15913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15922 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15929 \begin_layout Standard
15930 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15931 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15935 \begin_inset space ~
15940 or the toolbar button
15941 \begin_inset Graphics
15942 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15969 appearing within your text.
15970 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15980 At the side is an example marginal note.
15984 \begin_inset Marginal
15987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15988 This is a marginal note.
15996 \begin_layout Standard
15997 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15998 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15999 pages, right on odd pages.
16002 \begin_layout Section
16003 Graphics and Images
16004 \begin_inset Index idx
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16014 \begin_inset Index idx
16017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16026 name "sec:Graphics"
16033 \begin_layout Standard
16034 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16035 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16036 \begin_inset Graphics
16037 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16047 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16050 \begin_layout Standard
16051 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16056 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16057 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16059 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16060 \begin_inset space ~
16064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16066 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16073 \begin_layout Standard
16078 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16079 of the image in the output.
16080 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16084 \begin_inset space ~
16088 \begin_inset space ~
16097 \begin_inset space ~
16101 \begin_inset space ~
16105 \begin_inset space ~
16110 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16111 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16119 \begin_layout Standard
16122 LaTeX and LyX options
16124 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16125 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16129 \begin_inset space ~
16134 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16135 with the image size is printed.
16139 \begin_inset space ~
16143 \begin_inset space ~
16147 \begin_inset space ~
16152 is explained in the
16163 \begin_layout Standard
16164 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16165 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16167 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16171 \begin_layout Standard
16173 \begin_inset Graphics
16174 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16176 rotateOrigin center
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16184 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16185 the image into a float, see section
16186 \begin_inset space ~
16190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16192 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16199 \begin_layout Subsection
16201 \begin_inset Index idx
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16213 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16221 You can insert images in any known file format.
16222 But as we explained in section
16223 \begin_inset space ~
16227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16229 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16233 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16234 LyX uses therefore the program
16238 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16239 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16240 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16241 \begin_inset space ~
16245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16247 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16254 \begin_layout Standard
16255 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16258 \begin_layout Description
16260 \begin_inset space ~
16263 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16264 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16265 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16269 Graphics Interchange Format
16270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16273 (GIF, file extension
16274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16286 \begin_inset Index idx
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16321 Portable Network Graphics
16322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16325 (PNG, file extension
16326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16338 \begin_inset Index idx
16341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16373 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16377 (JPG, file extension
16378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16402 \begin_inset Index idx
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16436 \begin_layout Description
16438 \begin_inset space ~
16441 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16443 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16444 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16445 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16446 \begin_inset Newline newline
16449 Scalable image formats can be
16450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16453 Scalable Vector Graphics
16454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16457 (SVG, file extension
16458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16470 \begin_inset Index idx
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16505 Encapsulated PostScript
16506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16509 (EPS, file extension
16510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16522 \begin_inset Index idx
16525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16557 Portable Document Format
16558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16561 (PDF, file extension
16562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16574 \begin_inset Index idx
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16584 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16585 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16586 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16592 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16601 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16605 \begin_layout Subsection
16606 Grouping of Image Settings
16607 \begin_inset Index idx
16610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16611 Images ! Settings grouping
16619 \begin_layout Standard
16620 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16622 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16623 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16625 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16626 need to manually change each of them.
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16631 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16634 \begin_inset space ~
16639 field in the Graphics dialog.
16640 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16641 by checking the name of the desired group.
16644 \begin_layout Section
16646 \begin_inset Index idx
16649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16665 \begin_layout Standard
16666 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16667 \begin_inset Graphics
16668 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16679 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16680 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16681 from the rest of the table.
16682 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16683 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16685 Here's an example table:
16688 \begin_layout Standard
16690 \begin_inset Tabular
16691 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16692 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 \begin_layout Subsection
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16901 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16902 brings up the table dialog.
16903 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16904 where the cursor is placed currently.
16905 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16906 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16907 done on all of your selection.
16910 \begin_layout Standard
16911 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16914 \begin_inset space ~
16919 helps you in setting table properties.
16920 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16923 \begin_layout Standard
16927 \begin_inset space ~
16932 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16933 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16934 current cell respectively.
16935 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16937 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16938 of text, see section
16939 \begin_inset space ~
16943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16945 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16952 \begin_layout Standard
16953 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16954 using the check box
16963 This will merge the cells to
16967 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16968 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16969 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16970 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16971 in the last row without the upper border:
16974 \begin_layout Standard
16976 \begin_inset Tabular
16977 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16978 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16979 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16980 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16982 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 \begin_layout Standard
17114 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17115 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17116 explained in the tables section of the
17119 \begin_inset space ~
17125 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17129 degrees counterclockwise.
17130 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17133 \begin_layout Standard
17134 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 Most DVI-viewers are
17146 able to display rotations.
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17159 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17164 adds lines for all cell borders.
17167 \begin_layout Subsection
17169 \begin_inset Index idx
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 Tables ! Longtables
17179 \begin_inset Index idx
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 \begin_layout Standard
17192 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17195 \begin_inset space ~
17199 \begin_inset space ~
17208 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17209 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17212 \begin_layout Description
17217 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17218 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17219 except for the first page, if
17222 \begin_inset space ~
17230 \begin_layout Description
17234 \begin_inset space ~
17239 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17240 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17243 \begin_layout Description
17248 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17249 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17250 except for the last page, if
17253 \begin_inset space ~
17261 \begin_layout Description
17265 \begin_inset space ~
17270 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17271 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17274 \begin_layout Description
17275 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17276 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17282 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17285 \begin_inset space ~
17293 \begin_layout Standard
17294 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17295 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17296 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17297 The others will then be defined as
17302 In this context, first means first in this order:
17305 \begin_inset space ~
17317 \begin_inset space ~
17323 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17326 \begin_layout Standard
17328 \begin_inset Tabular
17329 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17330 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17331 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17332 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17333 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17334 <row endfirsthead="true">
17335 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17346 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <row endfirsthead="true">
17366 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <row endhead="true">
17399 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <row endhead="true">
17430 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 <row endfoot="true">
17463 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <row endlastfoot="true">
19445 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 \begin_layout Subsection
19484 \begin_inset Index idx
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19496 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19503 \begin_layout Standard
19504 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19505 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19506 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19507 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19511 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19512 for the cell's paragraph.
19515 \begin_layout Standard
19516 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19517 for the column in the table dialog.
19518 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19519 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19523 \begin_layout Standard
19525 \begin_inset Tabular
19526 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19527 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19529 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19675 This is longer now.
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19732 This is longer now.
19737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 \begin_layout Standard
19764 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19765 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19771 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19777 Selection with the mouse or with
19781 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19782 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19783 the selection from outside the table.
19786 \begin_layout Section
19788 \begin_inset Index idx
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19807 \begin_layout Standard
19808 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19809 have a fixed location.
19811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19818 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19826 \begin_inset space ~
19831 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19832 too many notes on the page.
19835 \begin_layout Standard
19836 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19837 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19838 and pages without text.
19839 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19840 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19841 Floats are therefore numbered.
19842 Referencing is described in section
19843 \begin_inset space ~
19847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19849 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19856 \begin_layout Standard
19857 To insert a float, use the menu
19859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19863 A box with a caption that has e.
19864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19868 \begin_inset space \space{}
19872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19876 \begin_inset space ~
19880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19883 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19884 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19886 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19887 \begin_inset Index idx
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19897 paragraph within the float.
19898 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19899 by left-clicking on the box label.
19900 A closed float box looks like this:
19901 \begin_inset Graphics
19902 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19907 – a gray button with a red label.
19910 \begin_layout Standard
19911 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19912 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19915 \begin_layout Subsection
19919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19921 \begin_inset Index idx
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 Floats ! Figure floats
19931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19933 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19940 \begin_layout Standard
19943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19944 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19947 inserts a float with the label
19948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19954 \begin_inset space ~
19960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19964 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19965 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19966 This is what we did for Figure
19967 \begin_inset space ~
19971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19973 reference "cap:Platypus"
19978 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19979 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19980 This was done in Figure
19981 \begin_inset space ~
19985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19987 reference "cap:Escher"
19994 \begin_layout Standard
19995 \begin_inset Float figure
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20002 \begin_inset Graphics
20003 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20005 rotateOrigin center
20012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 \begin_inset Caption
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20018 name "cap:Platypus"
20022 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20035 \begin_layout Standard
20036 \begin_inset Float figure
20041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 \begin_inset Caption
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 \begin_inset Graphics
20063 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20065 rotateOrigin center
20077 \begin_layout Standard
20078 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20080 As described in section
20081 \begin_inset space ~
20085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20087 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20091 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20096 and refer to it using the menu
20098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20102 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20111 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20123 \begin_layout Standard
20124 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20125 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20126 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20127 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20129 \begin_inset space ~
20133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20135 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20139 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20140 You can also set the images one below the other.
20142 \begin_inset space ~
20146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20148 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20155 reference "fig:Platypus"
20159 are the subfigures.
20162 \begin_layout Standard
20163 \begin_inset Float figure
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20169 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20173 \begin_inset Float figure
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20179 \begin_inset Caption
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20184 name "fig:Undefinable"
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 \begin_inset Graphics
20198 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20209 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20213 \begin_inset Float figure
20218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20219 \begin_inset Caption
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20224 name "fig:Platypus"
20236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20237 \begin_inset Graphics
20238 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20250 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20257 \begin_inset Caption
20259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20262 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20266 Two distorted images.
20279 \begin_layout Standard
20280 Note that the caption is added to the
20283 \begin_inset space ~
20287 \begin_inset space ~
20292 as described in section
20293 \begin_inset space ~
20297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20299 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20308 \begin_inset Index idx
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 Floats ! Table floats
20320 \begin_layout Standard
20321 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20324 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20328 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20331 \begin_inset space ~
20335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20337 reference "cap:Table-float"
20341 is an example of a table float.
20344 \begin_layout Standard
20345 \begin_inset Float table
20350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 \begin_inset Caption
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20356 name "cap:Table-float"
20368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 \begin_inset Tabular
20371 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20372 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20373 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20374 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20375 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20526 \end{array}\right]$
20534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20547 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20570 \begin_inset Index idx
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20574 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20582 \begin_layout Standard
20583 This float type is inserted with the menu
20585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20586 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20590 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20591 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20595 , described in section
20596 \begin_inset space ~
20600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20602 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20609 \begin_layout Standard
20610 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20624 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20627 \begin_layout Standard
20632 floatname{algorithm}{your
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20639 \begin_layout Standard
20640 to the document preamble (menu
20642 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20649 \begin_inset space ~
20655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20669 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20671 \begin_inset Index idx
20674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20675 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20684 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20692 \begin_inset Graphics
20693 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20695 rotateOrigin center
20702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20703 \begin_inset Caption
20705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20708 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20712 This is a wrapped figure.
20713 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20726 This float type is used if you want to
20727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20734 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20736 It can be inserted using the menu
20738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20739 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20741 \begin_inset space ~
20746 if the LaTeX-package
20751 \begin_inset Index idx
20754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20765 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20768 \begin_inset space ~
20778 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20781 \begin_inset space ~
20785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20787 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20791 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 Available units are explained in Appendix
20801 \begin_inset space ~
20805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20807 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20816 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20821 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20829 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20834 \begin_inset space \space{}
20837 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20838 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20847 \begin_layout Itemize
20848 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20849 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20850 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20851 page breaks will appear.
20854 \begin_layout Itemize
20855 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20856 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20859 \begin_layout Itemize
20860 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20861 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20864 \begin_layout Itemize
20865 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20868 \begin_layout Subsection
20870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20872 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20877 \begin_inset Index idx
20880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20891 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20895 \begin_inset space ~
20903 \begin_layout Standard
20904 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20905 have a multicolumn document).
20906 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20909 \begin_inset space ~
20915 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20916 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20923 \begin_layout Standard
20924 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20925 format is also the same: Table
20926 \begin_inset space ~
20930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20932 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20936 is an example of a rotated table float.
20939 \begin_layout Standard
20940 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20948 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20956 \begin_layout Standard
20957 \begin_inset Float table
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 \begin_inset Caption
20965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20968 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20982 \begin_inset Tabular
20983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20984 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21049 \begin_layout Subsection
21051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21053 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21058 \begin_inset Index idx
21061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21071 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21072 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21073 \begin_inset Newline newline
21079 \begin_inset space ~
21084 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21085 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21086 \begin_inset Newline newline
21092 \begin_inset space ~
21097 is used to rotate floats, see section
21098 \begin_inset space ~
21102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21104 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21111 \begin_layout Standard
21112 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21113 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21116 \begin_inset space ~
21120 \begin_inset space ~
21128 \begin_layout Description
21130 \begin_inset space ~
21134 \begin_inset space ~
21137 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21140 \begin_layout Description
21142 \begin_inset space ~
21146 \begin_inset space ~
21149 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21152 \begin_layout Description
21154 \begin_inset space ~
21158 \begin_inset space ~
21161 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21164 \begin_layout Description
21166 \begin_inset space ~
21170 \begin_inset space ~
21173 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21176 \begin_layout Standard
21177 The order of the above option is
21182 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21186 \begin_inset space ~
21190 \begin_inset space ~
21198 \begin_inset space ~
21202 \begin_inset space ~
21207 , and then the others.
21208 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21210 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21211 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21215 By default, each option has its own rules:
21218 \begin_layout Standard
21222 \begin_inset space ~
21226 \begin_inset space ~
21231 only floats occupying less than 70
21232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21235 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21238 \begin_layout Standard
21242 \begin_inset space ~
21246 \begin_inset space ~
21251 : only floats occupying less than 30
21252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21255 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21258 \begin_layout Standard
21262 \begin_inset space ~
21266 \begin_inset space ~
21271 : only if more than 50
21272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21275 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21280 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21284 \begin_inset space ~
21288 \begin_inset space ~
21296 \begin_layout Standard
21297 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21298 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21299 For this case you can use the option
21302 \begin_inset space ~
21308 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21310 Because the float is then no longer able to
21311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21318 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21323 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21326 \begin_layout Standard
21327 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21329 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21331 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21338 \begin_layout Section
21340 \begin_inset Index idx
21343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21352 name "sec:Minipages"
21359 \begin_layout Standard
21360 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21362 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21363 \begin_inset space ~
21370 \begin_layout Standard
21371 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21377 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21378 and its alignment within the page.
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21383 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21393 height_special "totalheight"
21396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21399 This is a minipage.
21400 The text is set in an italic style.
21403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21406 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21407 another formatting.
21415 \begin_layout Standard
21416 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21419 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21423 as described in section
21424 \begin_inset space ~
21428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21430 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21435 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21441 \begin_layout Standard
21442 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21452 height_special "totalheight"
21455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21456 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21457 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21467 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21477 height_special "totalheight"
21480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21481 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21482 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21490 \begin_layout Standard
21491 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21498 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21499 to other box types.
21500 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21511 \begin_layout Chapter
21512 Mathematical Formulas
21513 \begin_inset Index idx
21516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 \begin_inset Index idx
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21557 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21564 \begin_layout Standard
21565 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21570 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21573 \begin_layout Section
21575 \begin_inset Index idx
21578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21587 \begin_layout Standard
21588 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21589 \begin_inset Graphics
21590 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21595 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21597 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21598 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21599 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21607 \begin_layout Standard
21608 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21612 \begin_inset space ~
21617 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21620 \begin_layout Standard
21621 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21622 line, like this one:
21625 \begin_layout Standard
21626 This is a line with an inline formula
21627 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21633 \begin_layout Standard
21634 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21636 \begin_inset Formula \[
21642 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21645 \begin_layout Standard
21646 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21652 \begin_inset space \space{}
21656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21669 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21670 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21674 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21677 \begin_inset space ~
21685 \begin_layout Subsection
21686 Navigating in Formulas
21687 \begin_inset Index idx
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_layout Standard
21700 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21701 achieved with the arrow keys.
21702 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21703 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21708 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21709 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21713 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21717 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21720 \end{array}\right]$
21728 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21733 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21734 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21737 \begin_layout Standard
21742 , printed in this document as
21743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21764 \begin_inset Note Note
21767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21769 space character (visible space).
21774 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21775 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21776 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21781 For example, if you want
21782 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21836 , since in the latter case only the
21839 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21844 will be under the square root sign:
21845 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21851 \begin_layout Standard
21852 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21854 \begin_inset Formula \[
21855 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21864 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21865 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21868 \begin_layout Subsection
21872 \begin_layout Standard
21873 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21874 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21878 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21879 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21880 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21881 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21882 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21885 \begin_layout Subsection
21886 Exponents and Subscripts
21887 \begin_inset Index idx
21890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21897 \begin_inset Index idx
21900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21909 \begin_layout Standard
21910 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21911 way is to use a command.
21913 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21916 , type in a formula
21922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21944 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21948 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21978 , you have to use an extra
21982 to separate the hat and the character.
21984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21988 \begin_inset space \space{}
21992 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 Subscripts are similar: To get
22014 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22037 \begin_layout Subsection
22039 \begin_inset Index idx
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22051 \begin_layout Standard
22052 Create a fraction with either the command
22059 \begin_inset Graphics
22060 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22068 \begin_inset space ~
22074 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22075 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22076 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22081 To move back up, press
22086 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22087 \begin_inset Formula \[
22088 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22091 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22099 \begin_layout Subsection
22101 \begin_inset Index idx
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22113 \begin_layout Standard
22114 Roots can be created using the
22117 \begin_inset space ~
22123 \begin_inset Graphics
22124 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22147 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22153 produces always a square root.
22156 \begin_layout Subsection
22157 Operators with Limits
22158 \begin_inset Index idx
22161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 \begin_inset Index idx
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22180 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22187 \begin_layout Standard
22189 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22193 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22196 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22197 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22198 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22199 The sum operator will automatically place its
22200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22207 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22210 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22214 \begin_inset Formula \[
22215 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22220 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22225 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22227 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22228 behind the operator and hitting
22236 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22237 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22239 \begin_inset space ~
22243 \begin_inset space ~
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22252 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22260 feature as addition, such as
22261 \begin_inset Index idx
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22271 \begin_inset Formula \[
22272 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22277 which will place the
22278 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22290 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22291 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22305 Have a look at section
22306 \begin_inset space ~
22310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22312 reference "sub:Functions"
22316 for an explanation of function macros.
22319 \begin_layout Subsection
22321 \begin_inset Index idx
22324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22333 \begin_layout Standard
22334 Most math symbols can be found in the
22337 \begin_inset space ~
22342 under one of several categories; including
22359 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22363 \begin_layout Standard
22364 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22365 you don't have to use the
22368 \begin_inset space ~
22373 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22374 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22377 \begin_layout Subsection
22379 \begin_inset Index idx
22382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 \begin_layout Standard
22392 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22397 arg "space-insert protected"
22403 \begin_inset space ~
22409 \begin_inset Graphics
22410 filename ../images/math/space.png
22415 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22416 For example, the sequence
22421 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22425 \begin_inset Graphics
22426 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22431 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22432 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22433 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22434 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22436 Here are two examples:
22439 \begin_layout Standard
22449 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22455 \begin_layout Standard
22465 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22471 \begin_layout Subsection
22473 \begin_inset Index idx
22476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22485 name "sub:Functions"
22492 \begin_layout Standard
22496 \begin_inset space ~
22501 contains under the button
22502 \begin_inset Graphics
22503 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22507 a number of function macros, such as
22508 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22512 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22520 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22527 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22528 avoid confusions, because
22529 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22533 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22539 \begin_layout Standard
22540 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22542 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22546 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22552 \begin_layout Standard
22553 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22554 s are placed, as described in section
22555 \begin_inset space ~
22559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22561 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22568 \begin_layout Subsection
22570 \begin_inset Index idx
22573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22583 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22585 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22586 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22591 \begin_inset space \space{}
22595 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22598 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22599 Our example is entered by typing
22607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22620 \begin_inset space ~
22624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22626 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22630 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 \begin_inset Float table
22639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22640 \begin_inset Caption
22642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22645 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22649 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 \begin_inset Tabular
22660 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22661 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22748 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22802 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22856 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22910 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22964 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23018 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23072 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23126 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23180 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23225 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23246 \begin_layout Standard
23247 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23250 \begin_inset space ~
23256 \begin_inset Graphics
23257 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23261 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23265 \begin_layout Section
23266 Brackets and Delimiters
23267 \begin_inset Index idx
23270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23277 \begin_inset Index idx
23280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23289 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23296 \begin_layout Standard
23297 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23298 For most purposes, using just the keys
23303 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23304 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23305 toolbar delimiter icon
23306 \begin_inset Graphics
23307 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23312 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23314 \begin_inset Formula \[
23315 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23323 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23324 \begin_inset Formula \[
23325 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23334 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23335 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23338 \begin_layout Standard
23339 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23340 left side and right side.
23341 If you use the option
23344 \begin_inset space ~
23349 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23350 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23351 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23352 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23355 \begin_layout Standard
23356 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23357 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23358 inside the brackets.
23359 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23364 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23367 \begin_layout Section
23368 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23369 \begin_inset Index idx
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 \begin_inset Index idx
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset Index idx
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23393 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23401 \begin_layout Standard
23402 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23405 \begin_inset space ~
23411 \begin_inset Graphics
23412 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23417 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23418 Here is an example:
23419 \begin_inset Formula \[
23420 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23429 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23430 \begin_inset space ~
23434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23436 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23441 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23442 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23443 This alignment is set in the box
23448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23496 for every column as default.
23497 For example, the sequence
23498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23509 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23510 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23511 corresponds to the relevant column.
23512 The result will look like this:
23513 \begin_inset Formula \[
23515 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23516 column & has & has\, right\\
23517 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23526 \begin_layout Standard
23527 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23530 arg "newline-insert newline"
23533 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23534 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23536 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23539 or the math toolbar.
23542 \begin_layout Standard
23543 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23544 It can be created with the menu
23546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23547 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23549 \begin_inset space ~
23561 Here is an example:
23562 \begin_inset Formula \[
23575 \begin_layout Standard
23576 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23579 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23582 arg "newline-insert newline"
23586 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23591 arg "newline-insert newline"
23594 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23602 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23603 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23604 A new row is created by every further hit of
23607 arg "newline-insert newline"
23611 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23612 Here is an example:
23613 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23614 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23615 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23620 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23621 where you want to start the shift and hit
23626 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23627 position to the next column.
23628 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23629 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23630 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23631 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23639 \begin_layout Standard
23640 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23647 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23648 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23651 reference "eq:asquared"
23656 The other types are described in section
23657 \begin_inset space ~
23661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23663 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23670 \begin_layout Section
23671 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23672 \begin_inset Index idx
23675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 Math ! Formula numbering
23682 \begin_inset Index idx
23685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23686 Math ! Referencing formulas
23692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23694 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23705 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23707 \begin_inset space ~
23715 arg "math-number-toggle"
23719 The formula number appears in LyX as
23720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23727 within parentheses.
23729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23736 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23738 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23739 the document class.
23740 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23741 separated by a dot:
23742 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23751 arg "math-number-toggle"
23754 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23755 You can only number displayed formulas.
23758 \begin_layout Standard
23759 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23762 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23764 \begin_inset space ~
23768 \begin_inset space ~
23772 \begin_inset space ~
23780 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23783 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23784 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23786 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23792 To number all lines use the shortcut
23795 arg "math-number-toggle"
23801 \begin_layout Standard
23802 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23805 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23806 A label is inserted with the menu
23808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23811 when the cursor is in the formula.
23812 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23813 It is recommended to use the proposed
23814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23825 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23826 type when you have many labels in your document.
23827 We inserted in the following example the label
23828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23835 in the second line:
23836 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23837 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23838 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23843 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23844 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23854 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23858 \begin_inset space ~
23864 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23865 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23866 as the formula number:
23869 \begin_layout Standard
23870 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23873 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23880 \begin_layout Standard
23881 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23882 \begin_inset space ~
23886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23888 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23893 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23899 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23904 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23912 \begin_layout Section
23913 User defined math macros
23914 \begin_inset Index idx
23917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23926 \begin_layout Standard
23927 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23928 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23929 Math macros are explained in section
23932 \begin_inset space ~
23944 \begin_layout Section
23948 \begin_layout Subsection
23950 \begin_inset Index idx
23953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23962 \begin_layout Standard
23963 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23964 To set a font in a formula, use the
23967 \begin_inset space ~
23973 \begin_inset Graphics
23974 filename ../images/math/font.png
23978 , or enter its command, listed in table
23979 \begin_inset space ~
23983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23985 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23993 \begin_inset Float table
23998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23999 \begin_inset Caption
24001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24004 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24008 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24018 \begin_inset Tabular
24019 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24020 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24054 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24081 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24108 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24141 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24168 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24195 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24229 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24256 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24290 \begin_layout Standard
24291 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24299 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24315 \begin_layout Standard
24316 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24317 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24322 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24323 space when you need a space in the box.
24324 Here an example where
24325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24336 denotes the set of numbers:
24337 \begin_inset Formula \[
24338 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24346 \begin_layout Standard
24347 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24353 \begin_inset space \space{}
24365 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24369 \begin_inset Newline newline
24372 So it is better not to use this feature.
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24376 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24377 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24381 \begin_inset Newline newline
24384 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24390 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24391 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24397 \begin_layout Standard
24404 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24407 \begin_layout Standard
24408 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24410 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24411 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24413 \begin_inset space ~
24421 \begin_layout Subsection
24423 \begin_inset Index idx
24426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24435 \begin_layout Standard
24436 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24438 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24442 \begin_inset space ~
24446 \begin_inset space ~
24454 \begin_inset space ~
24460 \begin_inset Graphics
24461 filename ../images/math/font.png
24472 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24473 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24474 Here is an example:
24475 \begin_inset Formula \[
24477 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24478 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24487 \begin_layout Subsection
24489 \begin_inset Index idx
24492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24503 automatically chosen in most situations.
24521 For most characters,
24529 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24530 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24535 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24536 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24538 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24539 \begin_inset Graphics
24540 filename ../images/math/style.png
24545 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24546 For example, you can set
24547 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24550 , which is normally in
24559 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24563 The four styles are used in the following example:
24566 \begin_layout Standard
24567 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24571 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24575 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24579 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24587 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24589 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24591 \begin_inset space ~
24596 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24597 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24598 will be adjusted to correspond.
24599 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24610 \begin_layout Standard
24614 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24620 \begin_layout Section
24624 \begin_layout Standard
24625 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24626 the document classes and into layout modules.
24627 \begin_inset Index idx
24630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24636 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24637 other than the AMS classes.
24639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24641 reference "sub:Modules"
24645 for more on layout modules.
24648 \begin_layout Section
24650 \begin_inset Index idx
24653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24660 \begin_inset Index idx
24663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24672 \begin_layout Standard
24673 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24674 (AMS) that are in common use.
24677 \begin_layout Subsection
24678 Enabling AMS-Support
24681 \begin_layout Standard
24682 Selecting the checkbox
24685 \begin_inset space ~
24689 \begin_inset space ~
24693 \begin_inset space ~
24700 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24704 \begin_inset Index idx
24707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24708 Document ! Settings
24716 \begin_inset space ~
24721 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24723 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24724 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24727 \begin_layout Subsection
24729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24731 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24736 \begin_inset Index idx
24739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24740 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24749 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24750 LyX allows you to choose between
24771 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24774 \begin_layout Chapter
24778 \begin_layout Section
24780 \begin_inset Index idx
24783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24792 name "sec:Cross-References"
24799 \begin_layout Standard
24800 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24801 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24803 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24804 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24805 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24808 \begin_layout Enumerate
24812 \begin_layout Enumerate
24813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24815 name "enu:Second-item"
24822 \begin_layout Enumerate
24826 \begin_layout Standard
24827 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24832 or by pressing the toolbar button
24833 \begin_inset Graphics
24834 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24840 A grey label box like this:
24841 \begin_inset Graphics
24842 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24847 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24848 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24883 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24888 \begin_inset space \space{}
24891 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24907 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24909 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24912 or the toolbar button
24913 \begin_inset Graphics
24914 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24920 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24921 \begin_inset Graphics
24922 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24927 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24929 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24942 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24952 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24957 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24958 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24966 \begin_layout Standard
24967 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24968 \begin_inset space ~
24972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24974 reference "enu:Second-item"
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24982 It is recommended to use a protected space
24986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24987 described in section
24988 \begin_inset space ~
24992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24994 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25003 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25008 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25011 \begin_layout Description
25012 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25015 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25022 \begin_layout Description
25023 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25024 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25036 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25043 \begin_layout Description
25044 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25045 \begin_inset space ~
25049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25050 LatexCommand pageref
25051 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25058 \begin_layout Description
25060 \begin_inset space ~
25064 \begin_inset space ~
25067 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25069 LatexCommand vpageref
25070 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25077 \begin_layout Description
25079 \begin_inset space ~
25083 \begin_inset space ~
25087 \begin_inset space ~
25090 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25093 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25100 \begin_layout Description
25102 \begin_inset space ~
25105 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25106 \begin_inset Newline newline
25110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25118 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25127 \begin_inset Index idx
25130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25131 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25137 \begin_inset Index idx
25140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25141 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25154 \begin_layout Description
25156 \begin_inset space ~
25159 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25161 LatexCommand nameref
25162 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25174 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25181 \begin_inset space \space{}
25185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25199 <reference> on page <page>
25201 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25204 \begin_layout Standard
25205 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25206 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25207 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25211 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25216 You can only use the style
25220 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25224 is always possible.
25227 \begin_layout Standard
25228 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25229 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25231 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25232 \begin_inset space ~
25236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25238 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25246 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25250 \begin_inset space ~
25254 \begin_inset space ~
25259 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25260 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25263 \begin_inset space ~
25268 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25269 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25270 \begin_inset Graphics
25271 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25272 rotateOrigin center
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 You can change labels at any time.
25281 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25282 do not need to take care about this.
25285 \begin_layout Standard
25286 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25287 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25290 \begin_layout Standard
25291 References are described in detail in sec.
25292 \begin_inset space ~
25296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25310 \begin_layout Section
25311 Table of Contents and other Listings
25312 \begin_inset Index idx
25315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25322 \begin_inset Index idx
25325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25341 \begin_layout Subsection
25343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25345 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25352 \begin_layout Standard
25353 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25356 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25358 \begin_inset space ~
25362 \begin_inset space ~
25368 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25369 If you click on it, the
25373 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25374 sections in your documents.
25375 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25377 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25380 that is described in sec.
25381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25387 reference "sec:Navigating"
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25396 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25398 \begin_inset space ~
25402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25404 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25408 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25410 \begin_inset space ~
25414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25416 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25420 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25422 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25425 \begin_layout Subsection
25426 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25429 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25436 \begin_layout Standard
25437 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25438 You can insert them via the
25440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25442 \begin_inset space ~
25446 \begin_inset space ~
25452 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25455 \begin_layout Section
25456 URLs and Hyperlinks
25457 \begin_inset Index idx
25460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25467 \begin_inset Index idx
25470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25479 \begin_layout Subsection
25481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25490 \begin_layout Standard
25491 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25500 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25501 \begin_inset Flex URL
25504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25515 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25521 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25534 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25542 \begin_layout Subsection
25544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25546 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25553 \begin_layout Standard
25554 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25559 or with the toolbar button
25560 \begin_inset Graphics
25561 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25566 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25575 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25576 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25579 name "LyX's homepage"
25580 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25584 , an Email address like this:
25585 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25587 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25588 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25593 , or a link to a file.
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25597 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25610 to the link target.
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25614 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25615 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25616 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25617 the text style dialog.
25618 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25622 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25624 name "LyX's homepage"
25625 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25633 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25637 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25640 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25644 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25646 \begin_inset Newline newline
25654 \begin_inset Newline newline
25661 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25664 \begin_layout Section
25666 \begin_inset Index idx
25669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25678 name "sec:Appendices"
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 Appendices are created with the menu
25688 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25690 \begin_inset space ~
25694 \begin_inset space ~
25700 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25701 as the appendix region.
25702 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25706 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25707 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25708 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25709 and the subsection number.
25710 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25714 \begin_layout Standard
25716 \begin_inset space ~
25720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25722 reference "cha:Credits"
25727 \begin_inset space ~
25731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25733 reference "sub:Export"
25740 \begin_layout Section
25742 \begin_inset Index idx
25745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25754 name "sec:Bibliography"
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25763 You can include a bibliography database,
25767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25768 Known under the name
25769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25781 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25782 manually, using the paragraph environment
25786 , which was described in section
25787 \begin_inset space ~
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25793 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25798 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25799 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25803 use a bibliography database.
25806 \begin_layout Subsection
25807 The Bibliography Environment
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25815 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25817 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25826 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25828 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25837 , a short form of its title, as key.
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25841 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25843 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25846 or the toolbar button
25847 \begin_inset Graphics
25848 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25853 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25854 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25855 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25856 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25861 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25862 entry with surrounding brackets.
25867 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25868 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25883 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25886 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25888 key "latexcompanion"
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25896 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25897 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25906 \begin_layout Subsection
25907 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25908 \begin_inset Index idx
25911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25912 Bibliography ! Databases
25918 \begin_inset Index idx
25921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25922 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25930 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25938 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25944 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25946 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25947 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25952 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25954 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25955 your working field in a database.
25956 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25957 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25959 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25964 The database is a text file with the file extension
25965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25976 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25977 The format is explained in
25978 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25984 and in LaTeX books (
25985 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25987 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25992 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25993 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25994 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25995 \begin_inset Flex URL
25998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26000 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26009 To use a database, use the menu
26011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26016 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26029 \begin_inset space ~
26035 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26036 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26039 Add bibliography to TOC
26041 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26046 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26047 in the document or just the cited references.
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26051 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26063 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26064 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26065 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26067 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26073 For information how this is done, have a look at
26074 \begin_inset Newline newline
26078 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26080 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26092 \begin_layout Standard
26093 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26096 \begin_layout Standard
26097 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26098 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26101 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26129 \begin_inset space ~
26135 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26141 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26151 When you select the option
26153 Sectioned bibliography
26157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26160 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26161 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26163 Customizing Bibliographies
26171 Additional Features
26176 \begin_layout Standard
26177 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26178 the two methods of creating them.
26179 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26180 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26181 We used the style file
26185 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26188 \begin_layout Subsection
26189 Bibliography layout
26190 \begin_inset Index idx
26193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26194 Bibliography ! Layout
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26204 For this feature you need to enable the option
26210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26214 \begin_inset Index idx
26217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26218 Document ! Settings
26228 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26229 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26230 in the previous section.
26233 \begin_layout Standard
26234 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26235 in the citation reference window.
26236 Here an example where we set the text
26237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26241 \begin_inset space ~
26245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26248 to appear after the reference:
26251 \begin_layout Standard
26253 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26256 key "latexcompanion"
26263 \begin_layout Section
26265 \begin_inset Index idx
26268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26284 \begin_layout Standard
26285 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26289 \begin_inset space ~
26294 or the toolbar button
26295 \begin_inset Graphics
26296 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26313 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26314 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26315 by LyX as the index entry.
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26319 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26320 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26322 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26324 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26336 \begin_inset space ~
26340 \begin_inset space ~
26343 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26345 \begin_inset space ~
26351 A light blue box labeled
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26363 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26364 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26367 \begin_layout Subsection
26368 Grouping Index Entries
26369 \begin_inset Index idx
26372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26382 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26384 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26385 lists under the entry
26386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26394 First we create the entry
26395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26403 \begin_inset space ~
26407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26409 reference "sub:Lists"
26414 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26415 \begin_inset space ~
26419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26421 reference "sec:Itemize"
26425 , we insert the command
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26438 \begin_layout Standard
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26445 for the enumerated list in section
26446 \begin_inset space ~
26450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26452 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26459 \begin_layout Standard
26460 The exclamation mark
26461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26468 marks the grouping levels.
26469 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26470 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26471 If we don't have an index entry for
26472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26479 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26482 \begin_layout Subsection
26484 \begin_inset Index idx
26487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26488 Index ! Page ranges
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26499 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26500 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26502 \begin_inset space ~
26506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26508 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26515 \begin_layout Standard
26518 Paragraph environments|(
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26522 and another entry at the end of section
26523 \begin_inset space ~
26527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26529 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26536 \begin_layout Standard
26539 Paragraph environments|)
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26567 respectively start and end the index range.
26568 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26569 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26570 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26571 An example is the index entry
26572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26575 Document ! Settings
26576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26582 \begin_layout Subsection
26584 \begin_inset Index idx
26587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26588 Index ! Cross referencing
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26598 We referred for example in the index entry
26599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26607 \begin_inset space ~
26611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26613 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26617 ) to the index entry
26618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26625 in the same section using the entry
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26631 GIF|see{Image formats}
26634 \begin_layout Standard
26635 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26636 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26637 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26640 \begin_layout Subsection
26642 \begin_inset Index idx
26645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26646 Index ! Entry order
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26655 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26656 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26657 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26662 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26664 \begin_inset space ~
26668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26670 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26679 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26680 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26705 \begin_inset Index idx
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26709 Dummy entries ! maïs
26715 \begin_inset Index idx
26718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26719 Dummy entries ! maître
26725 \begin_inset Index idx
26728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26729 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26734 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26735 order maïs, maison, maître.
26736 To achieve this, we use the command
26739 \begin_layout Standard
26742 previous entry@current entry
26745 \begin_layout Standard
26746 In our case we want to have
26747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26762 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26772 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26773 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26778 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26784 \begin_layout Standard
26785 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26790 to generate the index (see sec.
26791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26797 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26806 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26814 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26818 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26819 index commands start with
26820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26832 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26837 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26864 \begin_layout Subsection
26866 \begin_inset Index idx
26869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26870 Index ! Entry layout
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26880 \begin_inset Index idx
26883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26886 This is an italic dummy entry
26891 You can also format the page number using the character
26892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26899 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26900 We can write for example
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26906 italic page number:|textit
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26910 to get the page number in italic.
26911 \begin_inset Index idx
26914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26915 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26920 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26938 \begin_inset space ~
26944 Have a look at section
26945 \begin_inset space ~
26949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26951 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26955 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26958 \begin_layout Standard
26959 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26967 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26971 to generate the index, see sec.
26972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26978 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26987 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26988 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26989 they can be used, see
26990 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26993 key "latexcompanion"
27005 \begin_layout Standard
27006 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27008 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27009 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27010 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27011 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27012 If so, put the following in the preamble
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27038 in the index entry.
27039 \begin_inset Index idx
27042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27043 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27048 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27049 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27050 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27053 \begin_layout Standard
27054 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27060 \begin_inset space \space{}
27063 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27064 for all index entries.
27065 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27077 documentation for details,
27078 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27080 key "makeindex,xindy"
27087 \begin_layout Subsection
27089 \begin_inset Index idx
27092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27101 name "sub:Index-Program"
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27109 If the index entry program
27113 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27117 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27126 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27127 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27128 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27129 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27130 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27140 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27141 dialog, see section
27142 \begin_inset space ~
27146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27148 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27153 The available options are listed and explained in
27154 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27156 key "makeindex,xindy"
27161 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27165 \begin_layout Standard
27166 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27167 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27170 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27171 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27172 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27176 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27177 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27180 \begin_layout Subsection
27184 \begin_layout Standard
27185 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27186 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27194 next to the standard index.
27195 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27196 packages that add this feature.
27202 \begin_inset Index idx
27205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27206 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27211 package to generate multiple indexes.
27212 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27213 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27214 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27221 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27222 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27223 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27230 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27231 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27238 Use multiple Indexes
27239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27243 Note that the list of
27244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27251 below already contains the standard index.
27252 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27253 also appear as a heading) to the
27254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27261 input field and press the
27262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27270 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27271 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27272 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27276 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27282 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27283 indexes in the LyX work area.
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27287 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27292 \begin_inset space ~
27296 \begin_inset space ~
27305 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27306 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27307 are some additional features:
27310 \begin_layout Itemize
27311 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27312 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27315 \begin_layout Itemize
27316 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27317 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27326 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27331 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27332 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27333 to the non-subindexes.
27336 \begin_layout Section
27337 Nomenclature / Glossary
27338 \begin_inset Index idx
27341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27348 \begin_inset Index idx
27351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27382 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27390 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27391 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27396 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27401 \begin_inset Index idx
27404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27405 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27411 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27412 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27418 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27421 \begin_layout Standard
27422 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27423 and then use the menu
27425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27431 \begin_inset space ~
27436 or the toolbar button
27437 \begin_inset Graphics
27438 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27455 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27459 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27460 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27461 The second is the description of the symbol.
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27465 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27473 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27481 \begin_layout Subsection
27482 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27483 \begin_inset Index idx
27486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27487 Nomenclature ! Layout
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27496 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27500 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27506 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27514 \begin_inset Newline newline
27522 \begin_inset Newline newline
27528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27535 character starts/ends the formula.
27536 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27548 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27559 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27560 \begin_inset space ~
27564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27566 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27577 \begin_inset space ~
27582 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27583 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27588 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27595 in this document is:
27596 \begin_inset Newline newline
27601 dummy entry for the character
27606 \begin_inset Newline newline
27618 \begin_inset space ~
27628 font use the command
27657 \begin_layout Subsection
27658 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27659 \begin_inset Index idx
27662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27663 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27673 the symbol definition.
27674 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27675 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27678 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27679 LatexCommand nomenclature
27681 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27688 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27692 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27693 LatexCommand nomenclature
27696 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27701 They will be sorted by
27702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27728 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27731 will be sorted before the
27735 since the character
27736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27743 is considered in sorting.
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27750 \begin_inset space ~
27755 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27756 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27758 For the example given, you can insert
27762 in this field for the
27763 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27770 will be located before
27771 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27792 \begin_layout Subsection
27793 Nomenclature Options
27794 \begin_inset Index idx
27797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27798 Nomenclature ! Options
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27811 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27812 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27815 \begin_layout Description
27816 refeq Appends the phrase
27817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27832 to every nomenclature entry, where
27838 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27841 \begin_layout Description
27842 refpage Appends the phrase
27843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27858 to every nomenclature entry, where
27864 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27867 \begin_layout Description
27868 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 There are furthermore the options
27916 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27921 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27922 class options list in the
27924 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27928 In this document the option
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27936 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27943 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27944 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27949 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27952 \begin_layout Description
27962 \begin_layout Description
27965 nomrefpage Like the
27972 \begin_layout Description
27975 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27984 \begin_layout Description
27988 \begin_inset space ~
27994 \begin_inset space ~
27999 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28002 \begin_layout Subsection
28003 Printing the Nomenclature
28004 \begin_inset Index idx
28007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 Nomenclature ! Printing
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28017 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28021 \begin_inset space ~
28025 \begin_inset space ~
28028 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28032 A light blue box labeled
28033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28044 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28045 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28048 \begin_layout Standard
28049 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28058 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28066 For example, in order to change the name to
28070 , add the following line to the preamble:
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28081 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28092 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28093 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28104 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28110 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28111 \begin_inset space ~
28115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28117 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28122 The default value is 1
28123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28129 \begin_layout Subsection
28130 Nomenclature Program
28131 \begin_inset Index idx
28134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28135 Nomenclature ! Program
28141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28143 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 LyX uses the program
28155 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28156 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28161 by adding options, see section
28162 \begin_inset space ~
28166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28168 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28173 The available options are listed and explained in
28174 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28176 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28183 \begin_layout Section
28185 \begin_inset Index idx
28188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28195 \begin_inset Index idx
28198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28199 Document ! Branches
28205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28207 name "sec:Branches"
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28215 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28216 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28217 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28218 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28221 \begin_layout Standard
28222 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28223 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28224 To create a branch, either select the menu
28226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28227 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28230 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28239 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28240 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28241 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28242 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28243 (see below for an example).
28244 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28245 to the name of the other) and to add
28246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28258 \begin_inset space ~
28261 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28262 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28266 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28267 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28272 where you can choose a branch.
28273 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28279 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28283 \begin_inset Branch Question
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28287 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28296 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28316 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28319 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28320 Consider for example a file
28321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28328 which has the above branches.
28330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28337 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28361 branch were inactive,
28362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28377 branch was active, likewise
28378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28393 branch was active, and
28394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28397 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28401 if both branches were active.
28402 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28406 \begin_layout Standard
28407 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28413 \begin_layout Standard
28414 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28415 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28417 For example you can define for the question branch
28421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28422 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28423 \begin_inset space ~
28427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28429 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28441 \begin_layout Standard
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28462 and for the answer branch
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28475 \begin_layout Standard
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 \begin_inset Branch Question
28489 \begin_layout Standard
28493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28522 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28558 Now it is possible to use the commands
28562 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28569 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28572 to obtain conditional output.
28573 Here is an example formula where only the
28580 \begin_inset Formula \[
28581 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28589 \begin_layout Standard
28590 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28598 \begin_layout Section
28600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28602 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28607 \begin_inset Index idx
28610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28624 dialog allows you in the
28628 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28629 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28634 \begin_inset Index idx
28637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28638 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28651 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28652 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28653 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28655 You can specify in the dialog tab
28659 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28661 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28662 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28671 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28672 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28673 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28675 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28676 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28678 \begin_inset space ~
28681 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28682 \begin_inset space ~
28685 1 will only display the sections.
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28689 The header information in the dialog tab
28693 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28694 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28699 \begin_inset space \space{}
28702 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28703 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28706 Automatic fill header
28708 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28709 title and author settings.
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28715 Load in fullscreen mode
28717 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28721 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28722 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28728 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28729 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28738 \begin_layout Section
28739 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28742 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28749 \begin_layout Subsection
28751 \begin_inset Index idx
28754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28763 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28770 \begin_layout Standard
28771 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28772 constructs, but not all.
28773 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28774 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28775 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28776 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28777 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28781 \begin_layout Standard
28782 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28784 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28788 \begin_inset space ~
28793 or by the toolbar button
28794 \begin_inset Graphics
28795 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28800 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28804 \begin_layout Standard
28805 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28806 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28807 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28808 using the LaTeX-command
28814 , you can write the command part
28820 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28824 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28825 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28826 the following example:
28829 \begin_layout Standard
28830 \begin_inset Graphics
28831 filename clipart/ERT.png
28839 \begin_layout Standard
28843 \begin_layout Standard
28844 This is a line with a
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28871 \begin_layout Standard
28872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28880 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28881 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28889 \begin_layout Subsection
28890 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28891 \begin_inset Argument
28894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28901 \begin_inset Index idx
28904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28913 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28921 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28922 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28923 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28932 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28933 any time if you know the right commands.
28935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28939 \begin_inset space \space{}
28942 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28944 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28945 all caption labels bold.
28946 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28948 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28952 \begin_layout Standard
28953 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28954 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28955 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28957 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28967 As result you know that the package
28972 \begin_inset Index idx
28975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28976 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28982 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28990 \begin_layout Standard
28995 usepackage[options]{package name}
28998 \begin_layout Standard
28999 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29000 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29001 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29004 \begin_layout Standard
29005 In your case the package name is
29010 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29015 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29016 So you add the command
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29024 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29027 \begin_layout Standard
29028 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29033 For more commands provided by the
29037 package, have a look at its documentation,
29038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29053 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29055 For example if you use a
29059 class, you don't need the package
29063 , you can instead write
29066 \begin_layout Standard
29071 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29076 \begin_layout Standard
29077 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29078 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29079 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29086 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29089 \begin_layout Standard
29090 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29091 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29093 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29094 the previous section.
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29098 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29100 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29102 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29110 \begin_layout Section
29111 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29114 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29119 \begin_inset Index idx
29122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29129 \begin_inset Index idx
29132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29141 \begin_layout Standard
29142 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29143 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29144 to break your train of thought with
29146 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29152 \begin_layout Standard
29153 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29154 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29159 \begin_inset Index idx
29162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29168 as explained below, and turn on
29171 \begin_inset space ~
29178 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29182 \begin_inset space ~
29186 \begin_inset space ~
29189 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29194 \begin_inset space ~
29199 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29203 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29205 Previews of an already loaded document are
29209 generated just by selecting the
29212 \begin_inset space ~
29217 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29220 \begin_layout Standard
29221 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29222 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29225 \begin_inset space ~
29230 check box in the insert dialog.
29231 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29235 \begin_layout Standard
29236 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29240 (on some systems named simply
29245 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29253 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29254 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29262 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29266 \begin_layout Standard
29267 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29274 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29278 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29280 \begin_inset space ~
29285 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29286 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29288 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29289 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29290 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29291 the source view window.
29294 \begin_layout Section
29296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29298 name "sec:Spellchecking"
29303 \begin_inset Index idx
29306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29316 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
29317 Rather it uses one of the external programs
29334 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
29340 can be seen as the successor to
29348 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
29354 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
29355 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
29363 \begin_layout Standard
29364 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
29365 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
29372 \begin_layout Standard
29375 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29378 or the toolbar button
29379 \begin_inset Graphics
29380 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
29384 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
29385 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
29386 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
29387 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
29388 scrolled so that it is visible.
29393 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
29395 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
29399 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
29400 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
29407 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29411 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
29412 will bring an error message.
29413 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
29414 specifying a different
29416 Alternative language
29418 in preferences dialog.
29421 \begin_layout Standard
29422 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
29425 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29429 \begin_layout Standard
29430 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
29431 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
29433 But you can use the
29436 \begin_inset space ~
29440 \begin_inset space ~
29448 \begin_layout Standard
29449 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
29450 This does work with
29454 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
29457 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29461 \begin_layout Standard
29466 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
29469 \begin_layout Description
29471 \begin_inset space ~
29474 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
29475 should consider, e.
29476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29480 \begin_inset space \space{}
29483 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
29484 This should not normally be needed.
29487 \begin_layout Description
29489 \begin_inset space ~
29492 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
29493 the spell checker's default choice
29496 \begin_layout Description
29498 \begin_inset space ~
29502 \begin_inset space ~
29505 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
29507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29517 \begin_layout Description
29519 \begin_inset space ~
29523 \begin_inset space ~
29526 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29535 also for the spellchecker.
29539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29540 The encodings are explained in section
29541 \begin_inset space ~
29545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29547 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29556 Only enable this if you use
29560 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29561 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29562 so this is disabled by default.
29565 \begin_layout Section
29567 \begin_inset Index idx
29570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29579 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29586 \begin_layout Standard
29587 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29588 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29600 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29609 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29610 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29611 are available for many languages.
29614 \begin_layout Standard
29615 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29619 \begin_layout Subsection
29620 Setting up the thesaurus
29623 \begin_layout Standard
29628 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29633 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29638 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29644 en_EN for English).
29645 For instance, the English files are named:
29648 \begin_layout Itemize
29652 \begin_layout Itemize
29656 \begin_layout Standard
29657 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29658 already on your system.
29659 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29660 \begin_inset Flex URL
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29671 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29676 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29678 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29679 unpack a zip archive.
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29691 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29692 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29694 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29695 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29699 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29702 \begin_layout Subsection
29703 Using the thesaurus
29706 \begin_layout Standard
29707 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29709 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29712 or the toolbar button
29713 \begin_inset Graphics
29714 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29715 rotateOrigin center
29719 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29721 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29723 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29724 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29725 and hyponyms (such as
29733 ), compounds (such as
29737 ) and antonyms (such as
29745 ), which are marked as such.
29748 \begin_layout Standard
29749 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29750 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29754 \begin_layout Standard
29755 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29756 the dictionary, such as the above
29760 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29765 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29766 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29767 For example looking up the word forms
29775 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29780 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29793 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29794 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29795 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29798 \begin_layout Subsection
29799 License of the Thesaurus library
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29807 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29812 as a standalone program.
29813 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29814 The library was released under the
29816 Berkeley Database License
29818 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29819 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29820 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29822 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29825 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29829 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29832 \begin_layout Section
29834 \begin_inset Index idx
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29844 \begin_inset Index idx
29847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 Document ! Change Tracking
29854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29856 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29863 \begin_layout Standard
29864 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29865 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29866 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29867 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29871 \begin_inset space ~
29874 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29876 \begin_inset space ~
29884 \begin_layout Standard
29885 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29899 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29900 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29903 \begin_inset space ~
29907 \begin_inset space ~
29917 \begin_inset Index idx
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 Color ! Change tracking
29926 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29927 the cursor is in changed text.
29928 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29929 \begin_inset Graphics
29930 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29931 rotateOrigin center
29938 \begin_layout Standard
29939 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29940 \begin_inset Index idx
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29952 \begin_layout Standard
29953 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29959 \begin_layout Standard
29960 \begin_inset Graphics
29961 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29968 \begin_layout Standard
29969 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29975 \begin_layout Standard
29976 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29980 \begin_layout Standard
29981 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29987 \begin_layout Standard
29988 \begin_inset Tabular
29989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29990 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29991 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29992 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 \begin_inset Graphics
29999 filename ../images/changes-track.png
30000 rotateOrigin center
30009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30017 \begin_inset space ~
30020 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30022 \begin_inset space ~
30031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30036 \begin_inset Graphics
30037 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30038 rotateOrigin center
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30055 \begin_inset space ~
30058 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30060 \begin_inset space ~
30064 \begin_inset space ~
30068 \begin_inset space ~
30077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30082 \begin_inset Graphics
30083 filename ../images/change-next.png
30084 rotateOrigin center
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30097 Jumps to the next change
30103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 \begin_inset Graphics
30109 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30110 rotateOrigin center
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30127 \begin_inset space ~
30130 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30132 \begin_inset space ~
30141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 \begin_inset Graphics
30147 filename ../images/change-reject.png
30148 rotateOrigin center
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30165 \begin_inset space ~
30168 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30170 \begin_inset space ~
30179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30184 \begin_inset Graphics
30185 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30186 rotateOrigin center
30195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30203 \begin_inset space ~
30206 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30208 \begin_inset space ~
30217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 \begin_inset Graphics
30223 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
30224 rotateOrigin center
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30241 \begin_inset space ~
30244 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30246 \begin_inset space ~
30250 \begin_inset space ~
30259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30264 \begin_inset Graphics
30265 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
30266 rotateOrigin center
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30283 \begin_inset space ~
30286 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30288 \begin_inset space ~
30292 \begin_inset space ~
30301 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 \begin_inset Graphics
30307 filename ../images/note-insert.png
30308 rotateOrigin center
30317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30324 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30326 \begin_inset space ~
30335 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30340 \begin_inset Graphics
30341 filename ../images/note-next.png
30342 rotateOrigin center
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30357 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30359 \begin_inset space ~
30375 \begin_layout Standard
30376 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30382 \begin_layout Standard
30383 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
30384 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
30385 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
30386 the next change after the current cursor position.
30387 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
30388 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
30389 step to the next change.
30390 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30394 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
30395 to describe a change.
30398 \begin_layout Standard
30399 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
30404 \begin_inset Index idx
30407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
30414 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30415 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30421 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30424 \begin_layout Section
30425 International Support
30426 \begin_inset Index idx
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30430 International support
30438 \begin_layout Standard
30439 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
30440 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
30441 how to set up LyX to use them:
30442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30444 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
30451 \begin_layout Standard
30452 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
30453 \begin_inset space ~
30457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30459 reference "sub:Special-Character"
30466 \begin_layout Subsection
30468 \begin_inset Index idx
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30478 \begin_inset Index idx
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 Document ! Settings
30488 \begin_inset Index idx
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 Document ! Language
30500 \begin_layout Standard
30503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30506 dialog lets you set
30508 the language and character encoding for your language.
30512 \begin_layout Standard
30513 Choose your language in the
30517 section of this dialog.
30525 \begin_layout Standard
30530 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
30535 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
30536 For details about the different encoding options see section
30537 \begin_inset space ~
30541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30543 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30550 \begin_layout Subsection
30551 Keyboard mapping configuration
30552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30554 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30561 \begin_layout Standard
30562 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30563 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30564 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30565 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30566 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30568 \begin_inset space ~
30572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30574 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30579 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30580 which one you want to use.
30583 \begin_layout Standard
30584 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30585 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30586 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30587 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30588 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30589 one to support the characters you want.
30590 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30597 \begin_layout Subsection
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30603 \begin_inset space ~
30607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30609 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30618 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30623 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30624 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30632 \begin_layout Itemize
30633 Even if you have selected
30639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30642 dialog, users who have only the
30646 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30650 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30651 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30652 french quotes won't show up.
30655 \begin_layout Standard
30656 \begin_inset Float table
30661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30662 \begin_inset Caption
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30667 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30685 \begin_inset Tabular
30686 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30687 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35117 \begin_layout Standard
35118 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35120 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35121 also the characters from
35133 \begin_layout Itemize
35142 \begin_layout Standard
35143 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35144 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35151 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35152 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35158 \begin_layout Standard
35159 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35160 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35166 \begin_layout Standard
35167 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35168 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35174 \begin_layout Standard
35176 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35184 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35190 \begin_layout Standard
35192 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35199 \begin_layout Itemize
35212 \begin_layout Standard
35214 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35220 \begin_layout Standard
35222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35228 \begin_layout Standard
35230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35236 \begin_layout Standard
35238 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35244 \begin_layout Standard
35246 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35252 \begin_layout Standard
35254 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35261 \begin_layout Standard
35262 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
35263 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
35264 Also make sure you're using the
35271 \begin_layout Chapter
35274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35276 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35284 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
35285 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
35286 topic inside the user's guide.
35289 \begin_layout Section
35291 \begin_inset Index idx
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 \begin_layout Standard
35308 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
35309 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
35312 \begin_layout Subsection
35316 \begin_layout Standard
35317 Creates a new document.
35320 \begin_layout Subsection
35324 \begin_layout Standard
35325 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
35326 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
35327 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
35330 \begin_layout Subsection
35334 \begin_layout Standard
35338 \begin_layout Subsection
35342 \begin_layout Standard
35343 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
35344 Click there on a file to open it.
35347 \begin_layout Subsection
35351 \begin_layout Standard
35352 Closes the current document.
35355 \begin_layout Subsection
35359 \begin_layout Standard
35360 Closes all opened documents.
35363 \begin_layout Subsection
35367 \begin_layout Standard
35368 Saves the actual document.
35371 \begin_layout Subsection
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35376 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
35379 \begin_layout Subsection
35383 \begin_layout Standard
35384 Saves all opened documents.
35387 \begin_layout Subsection
35391 \begin_layout Standard
35392 Reloads the actual document from disk.
35395 \begin_layout Subsection
35399 \begin_layout Standard
35400 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
35401 It is described in the section
35403 Version Control in LyX
35407 Additional Features
35412 \begin_layout Subsection
35416 \begin_layout Standard
35417 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
35418 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
35419 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
35420 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
35423 \begin_layout Standard
35424 When using the menu entry
35427 \begin_inset space ~
35432 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
35436 \begin_inset space ~
35440 \begin_inset space ~
35445 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
35446 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
35449 \begin_layout Subsection
35451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35460 \begin_layout Standard
35461 You can export your document to various file formats.
35462 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
35463 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
35464 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
35467 \begin_layout Standard
35468 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
35470 \begin_inset space ~
35474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35476 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35483 \begin_layout Description
35487 \begin_inset space ~
35492 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
35494 \begin_inset Newline newline
35497 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
35500 \begin_layout Description
35508 \begin_layout Description
35509 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
35513 \begin_layout Description
35515 \begin_inset space ~
35519 \begin_inset space ~
35522 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
35526 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
35534 \begin_layout Description
35541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 \begin_inset space ~
35554 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35555 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35559 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35562 \begin_layout Description
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35577 \begin_inset space ~
35582 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35583 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35591 \begin_layout Description
35593 \begin_inset space ~
35596 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35604 is replaced by the version number)
35607 \begin_layout Description
35608 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35611 \begin_layout Description
35612 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35625 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35629 \begin_layout Description
35633 \begin_inset space ~
35638 PDF-format using the program
35643 \begin_layout Description
35647 \begin_inset space ~
35652 PDF-format using the program
35657 \begin_layout Description
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35666 PDF-format using the program
35671 \begin_layout Description
35675 \begin_inset space ~
35683 \begin_layout Description
35687 \begin_inset space ~
35691 \begin_inset space ~
35696 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35697 and then exported as text using the program
35702 \begin_layout Description
35707 PostScript format using the program
35712 \begin_layout Description
35720 \begin_layout Standard
35725 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35726 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35732 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35735 \begin_layout Standard
35736 If one of the menu entries
35743 \begin_inset space ~
35752 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35753 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35754 \begin_inset space ~
35758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35760 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35765 \begin_inset Index idx
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35769 Reconfiguration of LyX
35777 \begin_layout Standard
35782 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35783 the export program.
35786 \begin_layout Subsection
35790 \begin_layout Standard
35791 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35792 format or send it to a printer.
35793 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35794 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35800 For more information have a look at section
35801 \begin_inset space ~
35805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35807 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35814 \begin_layout Subsection
35818 \begin_layout Standard
35819 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35820 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35821 prefix, see section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sec:Paths"
35833 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35842 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35843 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35850 reference "sub:Converters"
35857 \begin_layout Subsection
35858 New and Close Window
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35862 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35865 \begin_layout Subsection
35869 \begin_layout Standard
35870 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35873 \begin_layout Section
35875 \begin_inset Index idx
35878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35887 \begin_layout Subsection
35891 \begin_layout Standard
35892 Described in section
35893 \begin_inset space ~
35897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35899 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35906 \begin_layout Subsection
35907 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35910 \begin_layout Standard
35911 Described in section
35912 \begin_inset space ~
35916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35918 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35925 \begin_layout Subsection
35929 \begin_layout Standard
35930 Selects the whole document.
35933 \begin_layout Subsection
35937 \begin_layout Standard
35938 Described in section
35939 \begin_inset space ~
35943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35945 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35952 \begin_layout Subsection
35953 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35956 \begin_layout Standard
35957 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35961 \begin_layout Subsection
35965 \begin_layout Standard
35966 Described in section
35967 \begin_inset space ~
35971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35973 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35980 \begin_layout Subsection
35982 \begin_inset Index idx
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35986 Paragraph ! Settings
35994 \begin_layout Standard
35995 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35996 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35999 \begin_layout Standard
36000 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36001 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36009 \begin_inset space ~
36017 \begin_layout Subsection
36018 Table Settings and Math
36021 \begin_layout Standard
36022 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36024 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36025 The properties of tables are described in section
36026 \begin_inset space ~
36030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36032 reference "sec:Tables"
36036 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36037 \begin_inset space ~
36041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36043 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36050 \begin_layout Subsection
36051 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36054 \begin_layout Standard
36055 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36056 that can be nested.
36057 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36058 \begin_inset space ~
36062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36064 reference "sec:Nesting"
36069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36071 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36078 \begin_layout Section
36080 \begin_inset Index idx
36083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36092 \begin_layout Standard
36097 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36098 document with an external program.
36099 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36100 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36101 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36102 \begin_inset space ~
36106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36108 reference "sub:Export"
36113 You should at least see the menu entries
36120 \begin_inset space ~
36126 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36127 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36128 \begin_inset space ~
36132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36134 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36139 \begin_inset Index idx
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 Reconfiguration of LyX
36151 \begin_layout Standard
36152 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36153 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36160 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36165 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
36168 \begin_layout Standard
36169 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36172 At the bottom of the
36176 menu the opened documents are listed.
36179 \begin_layout Subsection
36180 Open/Close all Insets
36183 \begin_layout Standard
36184 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36187 \begin_layout Subsection
36188 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36192 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
36195 \begin_layout Standard
36196 Math macros are described in the
36203 \begin_layout Subsection
36207 \begin_layout Standard
36208 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
36210 \begin_inset space ~
36214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36216 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
36223 \begin_layout Subsection
36227 \begin_layout Standard
36228 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
36229 opening a new view window.
36232 \begin_layout Subsection
36236 \begin_layout Standard
36237 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
36238 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
36239 view the same document, but at different positions.
36240 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
36241 or more documents at the same time.
36242 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
36249 \begin_layout Subsection
36253 \begin_layout Standard
36254 Closes a split view.
36257 \begin_layout Subsection
36261 \begin_layout Standard
36262 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
36263 so that you will see nothing but your text.
36264 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
36265 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
36266 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
36269 \begin_layout Subsection
36271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36273 name "sub:Toolbars"
36278 \begin_inset Index idx
36281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
36292 All toolbars and the
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36300 can be turned on and off.
36305 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
36317 \begin_inset space ~
36326 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
36330 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
36337 \begin_layout Standard
36342 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
36346 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
36347 or when a certain feature is enabled.
36348 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
36349 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
36350 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
36353 \begin_layout Standard
36354 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36361 reference "sec:Toolbars"
36368 \begin_layout Section
36370 \begin_inset Index idx
36373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 \begin_layout Subsection
36386 \begin_layout Standard
36387 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
36388 \begin_inset space ~
36392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36394 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36405 \begin_layout Subsection
36407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36409 name "sub:Special-Character"
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Here you can insert the following characters:
36420 \begin_layout Description
36421 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
36422 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
36423 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
36424 \begin_inset Newline newline
36428 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36436 Not all characters will be visible in the
36440 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
36442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36448 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
36452 ) can display every character.
36460 \begin_layout Description
36461 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
36465 \begin_layout Description
36467 \begin_inset space ~
36471 \begin_inset space ~
36474 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
36475 \begin_inset space ~
36479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36481 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
36488 \begin_layout Description
36490 \begin_inset space ~
36493 Quote Inserts this quote:
36494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36497 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
36499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36509 \begin_layout Description
36511 \begin_inset space ~
36514 Quote Inserts this quote:
36515 \begin_inset Quotes els
36521 \begin_layout Description
36523 \begin_inset space ~
36526 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36530 \begin_layout Description
36532 \begin_inset space ~
36535 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36539 \begin_layout Description
36541 \begin_inset space ~
36544 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36548 \begin_layout Description
36550 \begin_inset space ~
36554 \begin_inset Index idx
36557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36564 \begin_inset Index idx
36567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36568 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36573 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36574 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36575 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36580 \begin_inset Index idx
36583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36584 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36590 \begin_inset Newline newline
36593 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36597 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36605 and this Wiki-page:
36606 \begin_inset Newline newline
36610 \begin_inset Flex URL
36613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36615 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36623 \begin_layout Subsection
36627 \begin_layout Standard
36628 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36631 \begin_layout Description
36632 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36633 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36639 \begin_layout Description
36640 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36641 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36647 \begin_layout Description
36649 \begin_inset space ~
36652 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36653 \begin_inset space ~
36657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36659 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36666 \begin_layout Description
36668 \begin_inset space ~
36671 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36672 \begin_inset space ~
36676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36678 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36685 \begin_layout Description
36687 \begin_inset space ~
36690 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36691 \begin_inset space ~
36695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36697 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36704 \begin_layout Description
36706 \begin_inset space ~
36709 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36710 \begin_inset space ~
36714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36716 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36723 \begin_layout Description
36725 \begin_inset space ~
36728 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36729 \begin_inset space ~
36733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36735 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36742 \begin_layout Description
36744 \begin_inset space ~
36747 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36748 \begin_inset space ~
36752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36754 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36761 \begin_layout Description
36763 \begin_inset space ~
36766 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36767 \begin_inset space ~
36771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36773 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36780 \begin_layout Description
36782 \begin_inset space ~
36785 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36786 \begin_inset space ~
36790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36792 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36799 \begin_layout Description
36801 \begin_inset space ~
36805 \begin_inset space ~
36808 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36809 \begin_inset space ~
36813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36815 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36822 \begin_layout Description
36824 \begin_inset space ~
36827 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36828 text line to the page border, see section
36829 \begin_inset space ~
36833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36835 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36842 \begin_layout Description
36844 \begin_inset space ~
36847 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36848 \begin_inset space ~
36852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36854 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36861 \begin_layout Description
36863 \begin_inset space ~
36866 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36867 text page to the page border, described in section
36868 \begin_inset space ~
36872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36874 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36881 \begin_layout Description
36883 \begin_inset space ~
36886 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36887 \begin_inset space ~
36891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36893 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36900 \begin_layout Description
36902 \begin_inset space ~
36906 \begin_inset space ~
36909 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36910 \begin_inset space ~
36914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36916 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36923 \begin_layout Subsection
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36929 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36931 \begin_inset space ~
36935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36937 reference "sec:toc"
36942 The index list is described in section
36943 \begin_inset space ~
36947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36949 reference "sec:Index"
36953 , the nomenclature in section
36954 \begin_inset space ~
36958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36960 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36964 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36965 \begin_inset space ~
36969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36971 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36978 \begin_layout Subsection
36982 \begin_layout Standard
36983 To insert floats, described in section
36984 \begin_inset space ~
36988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36990 reference "sec:Floats"
36997 \begin_layout Subsection
37001 \begin_layout Standard
37002 To insert notes, described in section
37003 \begin_inset space ~
37007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37009 reference "sec:Notes"
37016 \begin_layout Subsection
37020 \begin_layout Standard
37021 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37022 \begin_inset space ~
37026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37028 reference "sec:Branches"
37035 \begin_layout Subsection
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37040 Inserts document class-specific insets.
37041 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
37043 An example is the document class
37044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37051 with three custom insets.
37054 Flex insets and InsetLayout
37060 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
37063 \begin_layout Subsection
37065 \begin_inset Index idx
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 \begin_layout Standard
37078 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
37079 files in your document.
37080 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
37091 \begin_layout Subsection
37093 \begin_inset Index idx
37096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 \begin_layout Standard
37106 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
37107 \begin_inset space ~
37111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37113 reference "sec:Minipages"
37118 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
37129 \begin_layout Subsection
37133 \begin_layout Standard
37134 Inserts a citation as described in section
37135 \begin_inset space ~
37139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37141 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37148 \begin_layout Subsection
37152 \begin_layout Standard
37153 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
37154 \begin_inset space ~
37158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37160 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37167 \begin_layout Subsection
37171 \begin_layout Standard
37172 Inserts a label as described in section
37173 \begin_inset space ~
37177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37179 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37186 \begin_layout Subsection
37188 \begin_inset Index idx
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 \begin_inset Index idx
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37202 Longtables ! Caption
37210 \begin_layout Standard
37211 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
37212 Floats are described in section
37213 \begin_inset space ~
37217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37219 reference "sec:Floats"
37223 , captions in longtables are described in the section
37234 \begin_layout Subsection
37238 \begin_layout Standard
37239 Inserts an index entry as described in section
37240 \begin_inset space ~
37244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37246 reference "sec:Index"
37253 \begin_layout Subsection
37257 \begin_layout Standard
37258 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
37259 \begin_inset space ~
37263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37265 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37272 \begin_layout Subsection
37276 \begin_layout Standard
37278 Tables are described in section
37279 \begin_inset space ~
37283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37285 reference "sec:Tables"
37292 \begin_layout Subsection
37296 \begin_layout Standard
37298 Graphics are described in section
37299 \begin_inset space ~
37303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37305 reference "sec:Graphics"
37312 \begin_layout Subsection
37316 \begin_layout Standard
37317 Inserts an URL as described in section
37318 \begin_inset space ~
37322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37324 reference "sub:URLs"
37331 \begin_layout Subsection
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37336 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
37337 \begin_inset space ~
37341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37343 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
37350 \begin_layout Subsection
37354 \begin_layout Standard
37355 Inserts a footnote, see section
37356 \begin_inset space ~
37360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37362 reference "sec:Footnotes"
37369 \begin_layout Subsection
37373 \begin_layout Standard
37374 Inserts a marginal note, see section
37375 \begin_inset space ~
37379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37381 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
37388 \begin_layout Subsection
37392 \begin_layout Standard
37393 Inserts a short title, see section
37394 \begin_inset space ~
37398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37400 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
37407 \begin_layout Subsection
37411 \begin_layout Standard
37412 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
37413 \begin_inset space ~
37417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37419 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
37426 \begin_layout Subsection
37428 \begin_inset Index idx
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37440 \begin_layout Standard
37441 Inserts a program listings box.
37442 Program listings are explained in the chapter
37444 Program Code Listings
37453 \begin_layout Subsection
37457 \begin_layout Standard
37458 Inserts the actual date.
37459 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
37461 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
37473 \begin_layout Section
37475 \begin_inset Index idx
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37487 \begin_layout Standard
37488 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
37489 \begin_inset space ~
37492 of the current document.
37493 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
37496 \begin_layout Subsection
37500 \begin_layout Standard
37501 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
37502 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
37504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37508 \begin_inset space \space{}
37512 \begin_inset space ~
37516 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37517 \begin_inset space ~
37520 2.5 and use the menu
37523 \begin_inset space ~
37527 \begin_inset space ~
37534 \begin_inset space ~
37540 \begin_inset space ~
37544 \begin_inset space ~
37550 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37554 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37560 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37566 \begin_layout Standard
37567 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37568 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37571 \begin_layout Subsection
37572 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37575 \begin_layout Standard
37576 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37580 \begin_layout Subsection
37584 \begin_layout Standard
37585 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37586 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37587 on a cross-reference box.
37590 \begin_layout Section
37592 \begin_inset Index idx
37595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 \begin_layout Subsection
37608 \begin_layout Standard
37609 Change Tracking is described in section
37610 \begin_inset space ~
37614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37616 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37623 \begin_layout Subsection
37628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 \begin_layout Standard
37639 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37641 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37644 \begin_layout Standard
37645 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37650 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37653 \begin_layout Subsection
37657 \begin_layout Standard
37658 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37659 \begin_inset space ~
37663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37665 reference "sec:Navigating"
37670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37672 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37679 \begin_layout Subsection
37680 Start Appendix Here
37683 \begin_layout Standard
37684 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37685 position as described in section
37686 \begin_inset space ~
37690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37692 reference "sec:Appendices"
37699 \begin_layout Subsection
37703 \begin_layout Standard
37704 Un/compresses the current document.
37707 \begin_layout Subsection
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37712 The document settings are described in appendix
37713 \begin_inset space ~
37717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37719 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37726 \begin_layout Section
37728 \begin_inset Index idx
37731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 \begin_layout Subsection
37744 \begin_layout Standard
37745 Spell checking is explained in section
37746 \begin_inset space ~
37750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37752 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37759 \begin_layout Subsection
37763 \begin_layout Standard
37764 The thesaurus is described in section
37765 \begin_inset space ~
37769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37771 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37778 \begin_layout Subsection
37780 \begin_inset Index idx
37783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 \begin_inset Index idx
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37802 \begin_layout Standard
37803 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37804 highlighted document part.
37807 \begin_layout Subsection
37809 \begin_inset Index idx
37812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37821 \begin_layout Standard
37822 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37825 \begin_layout Subsection
37827 \begin_inset Index idx
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 Reconfiguration of LyX
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37859 \begin_inset Index idx
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 Reconfiguration of LyX
37871 \begin_layout Standard
37872 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37873 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37874 \begin_inset space ~
37878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37880 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37887 \begin_layout Subsection
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37892 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37893 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37899 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37906 \begin_layout Section
37908 \begin_inset Index idx
37911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37920 \begin_layout Standard
37921 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37925 \begin_layout Standard
37929 \begin_inset space ~
37934 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37935 found by LyX (see also section
37936 \begin_inset space ~
37940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37942 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37949 \begin_layout Section
37951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37953 name "sec:Toolbars"
37960 \begin_layout Standard
37961 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37962 \begin_inset space ~
37966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37968 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37975 \begin_layout Standard
37976 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37977 This is described in the
37979 Additional Features
37984 \begin_layout Subsection
37986 \begin_inset Index idx
37989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37998 \begin_layout Standard
37999 \begin_inset Graphics
38000 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38008 \begin_layout Standard
38009 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38015 \begin_layout Standard
38016 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38033 \begin_inset Note Note
38036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38037 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38042 manual for more information.
38050 \begin_layout Standard
38051 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38057 \begin_layout Standard
38058 \begin_inset Tabular
38059 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38060 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38061 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38062 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 \begin_inset Graphics
38069 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38096 \begin_layout Standard
38097 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38103 \begin_layout Standard
38105 \begin_inset Tabular
38106 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38107 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38108 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38109 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 \begin_inset Graphics
38118 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38133 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38140 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38145 \begin_inset Graphics
38146 filename ../images/file-open.png
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 \begin_inset Graphics
38174 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38201 \begin_inset Graphics
38202 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38224 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 \begin_inset Graphics
38230 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
38239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38257 \begin_inset Graphics
38258 filename ../images/undo.png
38267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38280 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38285 \begin_inset Graphics
38286 filename ../images/redo.png
38295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38301 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38313 \begin_inset Graphics
38314 filename ../images/cut.png
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38341 \begin_inset Graphics
38342 filename ../images/copy.png
38351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38357 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 \begin_inset Graphics
38370 filename ../images/paste.png
38379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 \begin_inset Graphics
38398 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38399 rotateOrigin center
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38434 \begin_inset Graphics
38435 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
38436 rotateOrigin center
38445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38451 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38452 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38459 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38464 \begin_inset Graphics
38465 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38478 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38480 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38482 \begin_inset space ~
38493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38498 \begin_inset Graphics
38499 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38512 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38514 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38516 \begin_inset space ~
38527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 \begin_inset Graphics
38533 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38546 Formats text using the current settings in the
38548 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38550 \begin_inset space ~
38561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 \begin_inset Graphics
38567 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38583 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38585 \begin_inset space ~
38594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38599 \begin_inset Graphics
38600 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38601 rotateOrigin center
38610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38628 \begin_inset Graphics
38629 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38630 rotateOrigin center
38639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38657 \begin_inset Graphics
38658 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38659 rotateOrigin center
38668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38672 Toggle outline window on/off,
38674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38686 \begin_inset Graphics
38687 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38688 rotateOrigin center
38697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38701 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38712 \begin_inset Graphics
38713 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38714 rotateOrigin center
38723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38740 \begin_layout Subsection
38742 \begin_inset Index idx
38745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38754 \begin_layout Standard
38755 \begin_inset Graphics
38756 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38764 \begin_layout Standard
38765 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38771 \begin_layout Standard
38772 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38776 \begin_layout Standard
38777 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38783 \begin_layout Standard
38784 \begin_inset Tabular
38785 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38786 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38787 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38788 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38794 \begin_inset Graphics
38795 filename ../images/layout.png
38796 rotateOrigin center
38805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38820 \begin_inset Graphics
38821 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38822 rotateOrigin center
38831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38846 \begin_inset Graphics
38847 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38848 rotateOrigin center
38857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 \begin_inset Graphics
38873 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38874 rotateOrigin center
38883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38898 \begin_inset Graphics
38899 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38900 rotateOrigin center
38909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38924 \begin_inset Graphics
38925 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38926 rotateOrigin center
38935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38941 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38943 \begin_inset space ~
38947 \begin_inset space ~
38956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38961 \begin_inset Graphics
38962 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38963 rotateOrigin center
38972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38980 \begin_inset space ~
38984 \begin_inset space ~
38993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38998 \begin_inset Graphics
38999 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39015 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39027 \begin_inset Graphics
39028 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39044 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39056 \begin_inset Graphics
39057 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39084 \begin_inset Graphics
39085 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39112 \begin_inset Graphics
39113 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39140 \begin_inset Graphics
39141 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 \begin_inset Graphics
39173 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39190 \begin_inset space ~
39199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39204 \begin_inset Graphics
39205 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
39214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39220 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39232 \begin_inset Graphics
39233 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
39234 rotateOrigin center
39243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39251 \begin_inset space ~
39260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39265 \begin_inset Graphics
39266 filename ../images/note-insert.png
39275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39282 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39284 \begin_inset space ~
39293 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39298 \begin_inset Graphics
39299 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 \begin_inset Graphics
39327 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39354 \begin_inset Graphics
39355 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39397 \begin_inset Graphics
39398 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39414 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39426 \begin_inset Graphics
39427 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39443 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39459 \begin_inset Graphics
39460 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39461 rotateOrigin center
39470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39476 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39478 \begin_inset space ~
39487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39492 \begin_inset Graphics
39493 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39494 rotateOrigin center
39503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39509 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39520 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39525 \begin_inset Graphics
39526 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39527 rotateOrigin center
39536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39542 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39556 \begin_layout Subsection
39557 View / Update Toolbar
39558 \begin_inset Index idx
39561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39562 Toolbar ! View / Update
39570 \begin_layout Standard
39571 \begin_inset Graphics
39572 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39579 \begin_layout Standard
39580 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39586 \begin_layout Standard
39587 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39591 \begin_layout Standard
39592 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39598 \begin_layout Standard
39599 \begin_inset Tabular
39600 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39601 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39602 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39603 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39609 \begin_inset Graphics
39610 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39611 rotateOrigin center
39620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39626 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39638 \begin_inset Graphics
39639 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39640 rotateOrigin center
39649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39655 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39656 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39663 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39668 \begin_inset Graphics
39669 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39670 rotateOrigin center
39679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39685 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 \begin_inset Graphics
39698 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39699 rotateOrigin center
39708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39714 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39715 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39727 \begin_inset Graphics
39728 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39729 rotateOrigin center
39738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39744 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39756 \begin_inset Graphics
39757 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39758 rotateOrigin center
39767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39773 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39774 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39788 \begin_layout Subsection
39792 \begin_layout Standard
39793 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39800 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39804 , the table toolbar
39805 \begin_inset Index idx
39808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39818 manual, the math macro toolbar
39819 \begin_inset Index idx
39822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 \begin_layout Chapter
39836 The Document Settings
39837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39839 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39844 \begin_inset Index idx
39847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39848 Document ! Settings
39856 \begin_layout Standard
39857 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39858 whole document and is called with the menu
39860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39864 You can save your document settings as default with th
39866 e Save as Document Defaults
39868 button in the dialog.
39869 This will create a template name
39877 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39882 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39885 \begin_layout Section
39889 \begin_layout Standard
39890 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39892 Document classes are described in section
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39899 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39904 Some classes use some class options by default.
39905 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39909 and you can decide to use them or not.
39910 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39911 recommended not to touch them.
39912 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39918 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39919 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39925 When you want one of the following drivers
39926 \begin_inset Newline newline
39929 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39930 \begin_inset Newline newline
39933 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39938 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39940 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39952 \begin_layout Standard
39953 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39954 child or subdocument.
39955 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39956 without its master.
39957 This way child documents are always compilable.
39958 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39969 \begin_layout Section
39973 \begin_layout Standard
39974 Modules are explained in section
39975 \begin_inset space ~
39979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39981 reference "sub:Modules"
39988 \begin_layout Section
39992 \begin_layout Standard
39993 The document font settings are described in section
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40000 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40007 \begin_layout Section
40011 \begin_layout Standard
40012 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40014 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40018 \begin_layout Standard
40019 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40020 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
40021 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40024 \begin_layout Standard
40025 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40033 \begin_layout Section
40037 \begin_layout Standard
40038 A description of this menu is given in section
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40045 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
40050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40052 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
40059 \begin_layout Section
40063 \begin_layout Standard
40064 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40071 reference "sub:Margins"
40078 \begin_layout Section
40080 \begin_inset Index idx
40083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40084 Language ! Encoding
40092 \begin_layout Standard
40093 The document language and quote styles are set here.
40094 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
40095 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
40096 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
40097 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
40098 known for a particular character).
40102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40103 The known commands are defined in a text file.
40104 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
40109 manual for details.
40117 \begin_layout Standard
40118 If you use the option
40122 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
40123 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
40124 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
40125 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
40126 exactly one encoding.
40127 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
40130 \begin_layout Standard
40131 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
40132 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
40133 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
40134 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
40135 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
40136 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
40141 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
40142 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
40143 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
40144 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
40145 engines to standard LaTeX.
40146 Both engines support Unicode natively.
40147 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
40150 \begin_inset space ~
40157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40188 \begin_inset space ~
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40200 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
40204 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
40207 \begin_layout Standard
40208 Here is a list with the important encodings:
40211 \begin_layout Description
40213 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40221 \begin_inset space ~
40228 , but the LaTeX-package
40233 \begin_inset Index idx
40236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40237 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40243 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
40244 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
40245 languages in TeX code.
40248 \begin_layout Description
40249 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
40250 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
40251 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
40254 \begin_layout Description
40256 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40263 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
40266 \begin_layout Description
40268 \begin_inset space ~
40272 \begin_inset space ~
40275 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
40278 \begin_layout Description
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40283 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
40286 \begin_layout Description
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40292 \begin_inset space ~
40295 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
40296 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
40299 \begin_layout Description
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40305 \begin_inset space ~
40308 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
40312 \begin_layout Description
40314 \begin_inset space ~
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40321 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
40322 ISO-8859-13 encoding
40325 \begin_layout Description
40327 \begin_inset space ~
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40335 \begin_inset space ~
40338 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
40339 \begin_inset space ~
40345 \begin_layout Description
40347 \begin_inset space ~
40351 \begin_inset space ~
40355 \begin_inset space ~
40358 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
40359 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
40362 \begin_layout Description
40364 \begin_inset space ~
40368 \begin_inset space ~
40371 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
40372 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
40373 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
40374 \begin_inset space ~
40378 \begin_inset space ~
40384 \begin_layout Description
40386 \begin_inset space ~
40390 \begin_inset space ~
40393 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
40394 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
40395 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
40396 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40401 \begin_inset space ~
40407 \begin_layout Description
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40416 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
40419 \begin_layout Description
40421 \begin_inset space ~
40425 \begin_inset space ~
40428 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
40431 \begin_layout Description
40433 \begin_inset space ~
40437 \begin_inset space ~
40440 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
40443 \begin_layout Description
40445 \begin_inset space ~
40448 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
40451 \begin_layout Description
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40456 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
40459 \begin_layout Description
40461 \begin_inset space ~
40465 \begin_inset space ~
40468 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
40471 \begin_layout Description
40473 \begin_inset space ~
40477 \begin_inset space ~
40483 \begin_layout Description
40485 \begin_inset space ~
40489 \begin_inset space ~
40492 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
40495 \begin_layout Description
40497 \begin_inset space ~
40501 \begin_inset space ~
40507 \begin_layout Description
40509 \begin_inset space ~
40513 \begin_inset space ~
40516 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40521 \begin_inset Index idx
40524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40525 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40530 , when using this, set the document language to
40535 \begin_layout Description
40537 \begin_inset space ~
40541 \begin_inset space ~
40544 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40548 , when using this, set the document language to
40551 \begin_inset space ~
40557 \begin_layout Description
40559 \begin_inset space ~
40563 \begin_inset space ~
40566 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40571 \begin_inset Index idx
40574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40575 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40580 , when using this, set the document language to
40585 \begin_layout Description
40587 \begin_inset space ~
40591 \begin_inset space ~
40594 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40598 , when using this, set the document language to
40603 \begin_layout Description
40605 \begin_inset space ~
40609 \begin_inset space ~
40612 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40616 , when using this, set the document language to
40621 \begin_layout Description
40623 \begin_inset space ~
40626 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40629 \begin_layout Description
40631 \begin_inset space ~
40635 \begin_inset space ~
40639 \begin_inset space ~
40642 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
40645 \begin_layout Description
40647 \begin_inset space ~
40651 \begin_inset space ~
40655 \begin_inset space ~
40658 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40659 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
40660 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40663 \begin_layout Description
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40669 \begin_inset space ~
40675 \begin_layout Description
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40684 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40685 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40688 \begin_layout Description
40690 \begin_inset space ~
40694 \begin_inset space ~
40697 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40702 \begin_inset Index idx
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40706 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40711 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40714 \begin_layout Description
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40720 \begin_inset space ~
40723 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40731 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40736 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
40738 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
40741 \begin_layout Description
40743 \begin_inset space ~
40747 \begin_inset space ~
40750 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40755 \begin_inset Index idx
40758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40759 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40764 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40767 \begin_layout Description
40769 \begin_inset space ~
40772 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40777 \begin_inset Index idx
40780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40781 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40787 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40791 \begin_layout Description
40793 \begin_inset space ~
40797 \begin_inset space ~
40801 \begin_inset space ~
40804 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40805 \begin_inset space ~
40811 \begin_layout Description
40813 \begin_inset space ~
40817 \begin_inset space ~
40821 \begin_inset space ~
40824 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40825 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40826 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
40830 \begin_layout Description
40832 \begin_inset space ~
40836 \begin_inset space ~
40840 \begin_inset space ~
40843 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40844 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40847 \begin_layout Section
40851 \begin_layout Standard
40852 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40853 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40854 \begin_inset space ~
40858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40860 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40867 \begin_layout Section
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40872 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40877 \begin_inset Index idx
40880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40881 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40891 \begin_inset Index idx
40894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40895 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40900 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40905 \begin_inset Index idx
40908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40909 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40914 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40916 For a further description see section
40917 \begin_inset space ~
40921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40923 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40930 \begin_layout Section
40934 \begin_layout Standard
40935 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40936 and you can define additional indexes.
40937 Please refer to section
40938 \begin_inset space ~
40942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40944 reference "sec:Index"
40951 \begin_layout Section
40955 \begin_layout Standard
40956 The PDF properties are explained in section
40957 \begin_inset space ~
40961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40963 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40970 \begin_layout Section
40974 \begin_layout Standard
40975 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40980 \begin_inset Index idx
40983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40994 \begin_inset Index idx
40997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40998 LaTeX-packages ! esint
41003 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
41006 \begin_layout Standard
41011 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
41012 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
41015 \begin_layout Standard
41020 is used for special integral characters.
41023 \begin_layout Section
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 The float placement options are described in section
41029 \begin_inset space ~
41033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41035 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
41042 \begin_layout Section
41046 \begin_layout Standard
41047 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
41048 The itemize environment is described in section
41049 \begin_inset space ~
41053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41055 reference "sec:Itemize"
41062 \begin_layout Section
41066 \begin_layout Standard
41067 Branches are described in section
41068 \begin_inset space ~
41072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41074 reference "sec:Branches"
41081 \begin_layout Section
41086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 \begin_layout Standard
41097 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
41098 to define LaTeX-commands.
41099 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
41100 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
41104 \begin_layout Standard
41105 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
41106 \begin_inset space ~
41110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41112 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
41119 \begin_layout Chapter
41125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41127 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
41132 \begin_inset Index idx
41135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41144 \begin_layout Standard
41145 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
41147 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41151 It has the following submenus.
41154 \begin_layout Section
41158 \begin_layout Subsection
41162 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41163 User Interface File
41164 \begin_inset Index idx
41167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41168 Customization ! of toolbars
41174 \begin_inset Index idx
41177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41178 Customization ! of menus
41186 \begin_layout Standard
41187 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41195 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
41204 \begin_layout Standard
41205 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
41206 interface (ui) file.
41207 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
41208 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
41217 Both files are loaded by the
41222 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
41223 files and edit the entries.
41226 \begin_layout Standard
41227 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
41239 entries must be ended with an explicit
41264 and in the case of the
41265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41277 The syntax for the entries is:
41280 \begin_layout Standard
41281 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41309 \begin_layout Standard
41311 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41314 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
41316 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41318 \begin_inset space ~
41326 \begin_layout Standard
41327 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41333 \begin_layout Standard
41334 An example: Assuming you use the menu
41336 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41339 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
41343 \begin_layout Standard
41344 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41368 \begin_layout Standard
41370 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41373 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
41376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41380 \begin_layout Standard
41383 Enable tool tips in main work area
41385 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
41389 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41393 \begin_layout Standard
41397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41404 restoring of window layout and geometries
41406 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
41407 in the last LyX session.
41410 \begin_layout Standard
41413 Restore cursor positions
41415 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
41419 \begin_layout Standard
41422 Load opened files from last session
41424 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
41427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41431 name "sub:Backup documents"
41436 \begin_inset Index idx
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41448 \begin_layout Standard
41453 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
41456 \begin_layout Standard
41461 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
41464 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41466 \begin_inset space ~
41474 \begin_layout Standard
41477 Open documents in tabs
41479 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
41483 \begin_layout Subsection
41485 \begin_inset Index idx
41488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41497 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
41504 \begin_layout Standard
41505 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
41508 \begin_layout Standard
41509 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41517 This section only deals with the fonts
41522 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
41525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41526 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41537 \begin_layout Standard
41538 By default, LyX uses
41542 as roman (serif) font,
41550 (depends on the system) as
41553 \begin_inset space ~
41569 \begin_layout Standard
41570 You can change the font size with the
41575 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41576 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41579 \begin_layout Standard
41584 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41585 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41590 points have the size of 1
41591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41595 \begin_inset space ~
41599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41601 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41608 \begin_layout Standard
41613 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41618 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41619 \begin_inset space ~
41623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41625 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41632 \begin_layout Standard
41635 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41637 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41638 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41639 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41640 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41642 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41643 \begin_inset space ~
41649 \begin_layout Subsection
41651 \begin_inset Index idx
41654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41661 \begin_inset Index idx
41664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 \begin_layout Standard
41674 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41675 Choose an item in the list and use the
41682 \begin_layout Subsection
41684 \begin_inset Index idx
41687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41696 \begin_layout Standard
41697 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41700 \begin_layout Standard
41705 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41706 This feature is described in section
41707 \begin_inset space ~
41711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41713 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41720 \begin_layout Standard
41724 \begin_inset space ~
41728 \begin_inset space ~
41732 \begin_inset space ~
41737 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41740 \begin_layout Section
41742 \begin_inset Index idx
41745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41754 \begin_layout Subsection
41758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41762 \begin_layout Standard
41765 Cursor follows scrollbar
41767 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41771 \begin_layout Standard
41774 Sort environments alphabetically
41776 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41779 \begin_layout Standard
41782 Group environments by their category
41784 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41787 \begin_layout Standard
41788 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41800 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41804 \begin_layout Standard
41805 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41810 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41811 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41815 \begin_layout Subsection
41817 \begin_inset Index idx
41820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 \begin_inset Index idx
41830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 Settings ! Shortcuts
41839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41843 \begin_layout Standard
41844 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41845 Several binding files are available:
41848 \begin_layout Description
41849 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41852 \begin_layout Description
41853 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41864 \begin_layout Description
41865 mac.bind set of bindings for
41868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41876 \begin_layout Standard
41877 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41881 , and bind files for special languages.
41882 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41887 \begin_inset space \space{}
41891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41899 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41903 \begin_layout Standard
41904 Some bind-files, like
41908 , have only a small scope.
41909 When looking at the end of the file
41913 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41920 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41925 \begin_inset Index idx
41928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 Key Bindings ! Editing
41937 \begin_layout Standard
41938 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41939 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41940 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41943 Show key-bindings containing
41946 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41947 Insert there for example as keyword
41948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41955 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41965 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41966 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41970 that you will find in the
41977 \begin_layout Standard
41979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41983 \begin_inset space \space{}
41994 , select the function and press the
41999 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
42000 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
42001 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
42002 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
42003 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
42005 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
42007 The binding for the function
42011 is an example of this.
42014 \begin_layout Standard
42015 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
42017 The syntax of the entries is:
42020 \begin_layout Standard
42026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42044 \begin_layout Subsection
42046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42048 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
42053 \begin_inset Index idx
42056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42063 \begin_inset Index idx
42066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42067 Settings ! Keyboard Map
42075 \begin_layout Standard
42076 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
42077 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
42079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42083 \begin_inset space \space{}
42086 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
42087 can use the keyboard map file named
42094 \begin_layout Standard
42095 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
42111 \begin_layout Standard
42112 Besides this, you can specify here the
42114 Wheel scrolling speed
42117 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
42121 \begin_layout Subsection
42123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42125 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
42130 \begin_inset Index idx
42133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42142 \begin_layout Standard
42143 Input completion is described in sec.
42144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42150 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
42155 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
42157 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
42158 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
42162 \begin_layout Section
42164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42171 \begin_inset Index idx
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 \begin_inset Index idx
42184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42193 \begin_layout Description
42195 \begin_inset space ~
42198 directory This is LyX's working directory.
42199 It is the default when you
42210 \begin_inset space ~
42218 \begin_layout Description
42220 \begin_inset space ~
42223 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
42225 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42227 \begin_inset space ~
42231 \begin_inset space ~
42239 \begin_layout Description
42241 \begin_inset space ~
42244 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
42250 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42254 \begin_inset Newline newline
42258 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
42278 \begin_layout Description
42280 \begin_inset space ~
42284 \begin_inset Index idx
42287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
42294 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
42295 \begin_inset space ~
42299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42301 reference "sub:Backup documents"
42309 will be used to save the backups.
42310 \begin_inset Newline newline
42313 The backup files have the ending
42314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42324 \begin_layout Description
42329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42336 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
42337 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
42338 \begin_inset Newline newline
42342 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42350 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
42358 \begin_layout Description
42360 \begin_inset space ~
42363 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
42366 \begin_layout Description
42368 \begin_inset space ~
42371 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
42372 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
42373 to find it on the system.
42374 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
42375 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
42377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42384 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
42385 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
42389 \begin_layout Section
42393 \begin_layout Standard
42394 Here you can insert your name and email address.
42395 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
42397 \begin_inset space ~
42401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42403 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42407 , to mark changes you make as yours.
42410 \begin_layout Section
42412 \begin_inset Index idx
42415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42416 Language ! Settings
42422 \begin_inset Index idx
42425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42426 Settings ! Language
42434 \begin_layout Subsection
42438 \begin_layout Description
42440 \begin_inset space ~
42444 \begin_inset space ~
42447 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
42448 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
42449 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
42450 You find the actual translation status here:
42451 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42453 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
42454 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
42461 \begin_layout Description
42463 \begin_inset space ~
42466 language is the language used in new documents
42469 \begin_layout Description
42471 \begin_inset space ~
42474 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
42476 The default is the LaTeX-command
42482 that loads the package
42490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
42492 \begin_inset space ~
42496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42498 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
42508 \begin_inset Newline newline
42515 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
42516 to the document language.
42517 A text label is, for instance, the word
42518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42525 at the beginning of every table caption.
42528 \begin_layout Description
42530 \begin_inset space ~
42533 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42534 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42535 An example is the start command
42541 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42546 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42561 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42566 \begin_layout Description
42568 \begin_inset space ~
42576 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42577 command toggles the package on and off.
42580 \begin_layout Description
42582 \begin_inset space ~
42592 \begin_layout Description
42593 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42594 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42595 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42596 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42603 \begin_layout Description
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42608 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42610 When this option is not set, the
42613 \begin_inset space ~
42618 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42619 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42622 \begin_inset space ~
42630 \begin_layout Description
42632 \begin_inset space ~
42638 \begin_inset space ~
42644 When it is not set, the
42647 \begin_inset space ~
42652 is set to the end of the document.
42655 \begin_layout Description
42657 \begin_inset space ~
42661 \begin_inset space ~
42664 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42665 language will be underlined blue.
42668 \begin_layout Description
42670 \begin_inset space ~
42674 \begin_inset space ~
42677 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42678 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42681 \begin_layout Description
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42686 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42687 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42688 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42689 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42692 \begin_layout Subsection
42696 \begin_layout Standard
42697 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42698 \begin_inset space ~
42702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42704 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42711 \begin_layout Section
42715 \begin_layout Subsection
42717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42724 \begin_inset Index idx
42727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42734 \begin_inset Index idx
42737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 \begin_layout Description
42748 \begin_inset space ~
42751 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42752 The name will be used when the
42757 \begin_inset Newline newline
42761 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42769 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42777 \begin_layout Description
42779 \begin_inset space ~
42783 \begin_inset space ~
42787 \begin_inset space ~
42790 printer This option works only for the
42795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42807 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42808 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42811 \begin_layout Description
42813 \begin_inset space ~
42816 command is the command LyX
42817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42824 LaTeX uses for printing.
42825 The default is on most systems
42832 \begin_layout Description
42834 \begin_inset space ~
42838 \begin_inset space ~
42841 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42842 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42843 of the program that provides the
42850 \begin_layout Subsection
42852 \begin_inset Index idx
42855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 \begin_inset Index idx
42865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42866 Settings ! Date format
42874 \begin_layout Standard
42875 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42876 \begin_inset Newline newline
42880 \begin_inset Flex URL
42883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42885 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42891 \begin_inset Newline newline
42894 For example the format
42895 \begin_inset Newline newline
42899 \begin_inset Newline newline
42902 prints the date as day/month/year.
42905 \begin_layout Subsection
42909 \begin_layout Description
42911 \begin_inset space ~
42915 \begin_inset space ~
42918 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42921 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42922 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42924 \begin_inset space ~
42930 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42934 \begin_layout Description
42936 \begin_inset space ~
42939 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42944 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42945 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42948 \begin_layout Subsection
42953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42963 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42968 \begin_inset Index idx
42971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42980 \begin_layout Description
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42993 \begin_inset space ~
42996 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
43001 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
43023 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
43024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43036 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
43037 LyX sets up in the background.
43038 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
43041 \begin_layout Description
43043 \begin_inset space ~
43047 \begin_inset space ~
43050 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
43055 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
43058 \begin_layout Standard
43059 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
43060 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
43061 manuals of the applications.
43062 Currently the following commands can be set:
43065 \begin_layout Description
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43078 \begin_inset space ~
43081 command Command for the program
43085 that is described in the section
43091 Additional Features
43096 \begin_layout Description
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 \begin_inset space ~
43112 command Command for the program
43116 that generates the bibliography, see section
43117 \begin_inset space ~
43121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43123 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
43130 \begin_layout Description
43132 \begin_inset space ~
43135 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
43136 \begin_inset space ~
43140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43142 reference "sub:Index-Program"
43149 \begin_layout Description
43151 \begin_inset space ~
43154 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
43155 \begin_inset space ~
43159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43161 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
43168 \begin_layout Description
43170 \begin_inset space ~
43174 \begin_inset space ~
43178 \begin_inset space ~
43182 \begin_inset space ~
43185 options They only have an effect when the program
43189 is used as DVI-viewer.
43192 \begin_layout Standard
43193 There are additionally the following options:
43196 \begin_layout Description
43198 \begin_inset space ~
43202 \begin_inset space ~
43206 \begin_inset space ~
43210 \begin_inset space ~
43214 \begin_inset space ~
43217 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
43218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43235 to separate folders.
43236 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
43237 \begin_inset Index idx
43240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43247 \begin_inset Index idx
43250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43259 \begin_layout Description
43261 \begin_inset space ~
43265 \begin_inset space ~
43269 \begin_inset space ~
43273 \begin_inset space ~
43277 \begin_inset space ~
43281 \begin_inset space ~
43284 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
43286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43289 dialog when changing the document class.
43292 \begin_layout Section
43294 \begin_inset space ~
43298 \begin_inset Index idx
43301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43310 \begin_layout Subsection
43312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43314 name "sub:Converters"
43319 \begin_inset Index idx
43322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43331 \begin_layout Standard
43332 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
43333 from one format to another.
43334 You can modify them or create new ones.
43335 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
43342 \begin_inset space ~
43352 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
43356 \begin_inset space ~
43361 drop-down list, modify the
43365 field, and press the
43372 \begin_layout Standard
43375 Converter File Cache
43377 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
43380 Maximum Age (in days
43383 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
43384 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
43387 \begin_layout Standard
43388 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
43389 the converter definition, is described in the section
43400 \begin_layout Subsection
43402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43404 name "sec:File-Formats"
43409 \begin_inset Index idx
43412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43419 \begin_inset Index idx
43422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43431 \begin_layout Standard
43432 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
43433 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
43437 \begin_layout Standard
43438 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
43439 is described in the section
43450 \begin_layout Standard
43451 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
43452 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
43453 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
43454 This is done by specifying a
43459 More about this is described in the section
43470 \begin_layout Chapter
43471 Units available in LyX
43472 \begin_inset Index idx
43475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43484 name "cha:Units-available-in"
43491 \begin_layout Standard
43492 To understand the units described in this documentation,
43493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43495 reference "cap:Units"
43499 explains all units available in LyX.
43502 \begin_layout Standard
43503 \begin_inset Float table
43509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43510 \begin_inset Caption
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43528 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43536 \begin_inset Tabular
43537 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43538 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43691 scaled point (65536
43692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43752 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43807 % of original image width
43814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44021 \begin_layout Chapter
44023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44032 \begin_layout Standard
44033 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
44034 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
44037 \begin_layout Itemize
44040 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
44043 \begin_layout Itemize
44049 \begin_layout Itemize
44055 \begin_layout Itemize
44061 \begin_layout Itemize
44067 \begin_layout Itemize
44073 \begin_layout Itemize
44079 \begin_layout Itemize
44085 \begin_layout Itemize
44088 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
44091 \begin_layout Itemize
44097 \begin_layout Itemize
44103 \begin_layout Itemize
44109 \begin_layout Itemize
44115 \begin_layout Itemize
44121 \begin_layout Itemize
44127 \begin_layout Itemize
44133 \begin_layout Itemize
44139 \begin_layout Itemize
44141 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44150 \begin_layout Standard
44151 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44154 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
44161 \begin_layout Bibliography
44162 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44163 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44164 LatexCommand bibitem
44171 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44174 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
44179 \begin_inset Newline newline
44183 \begin_inset Flex URL
44186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44188 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
44196 \begin_layout Bibliography
44197 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44198 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44199 LatexCommand bibitem
44200 key "latexcompanion"
44204 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
44206 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
44209 Addison-Wesley, 2004
44212 \begin_layout Bibliography
44213 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44214 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44215 LatexCommand bibitem
44220 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
44223 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
44226 Addison-Wesley, 2003
44229 \begin_layout Bibliography
44230 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44231 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44232 LatexCommand bibitem
44239 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
44242 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
44245 \begin_layout Bibliography
44246 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44247 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44248 LatexCommand bibitem
44260 Addison-Wesley, 1984
44263 \begin_layout Bibliography
44264 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44265 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44266 LatexCommand bibitem
44272 \begin_inset Newline newline
44276 \begin_inset Flex URL
44279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44281 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
44289 \begin_layout Bibliography
44290 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44291 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44292 LatexCommand bibitem
44298 \begin_inset Newline newline
44302 \begin_inset Flex URL
44305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44307 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
44315 \begin_layout Bibliography
44316 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44318 LatexCommand bibitem
44324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44326 name "Documentation"
44327 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
44336 \begin_inset Newline newline
44340 \begin_inset Flex URL
44343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44345 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
44353 \begin_layout Bibliography
44354 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44355 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44356 LatexCommand bibitem
44362 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44364 name "Documentation"
44365 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
44369 how to use the program
44374 \begin_inset Newline newline
44378 \begin_inset Flex URL
44381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44383 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
44391 \begin_layout Bibliography
44392 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44393 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44394 LatexCommand bibitem
44400 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44402 name "Documentation"
44403 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
44412 \begin_inset Newline newline
44416 \begin_inset Flex URL
44419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44421 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
44429 \begin_layout Bibliography
44430 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44431 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44432 LatexCommand bibitem
44438 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44440 name "Documentation"
44441 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
44450 \begin_inset Newline newline
44454 \begin_inset Flex URL
44457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44459 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
44467 \begin_layout Bibliography
44468 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44469 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44470 LatexCommand bibitem
44476 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44478 name "Documentation"
44479 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
44483 of the LaTeX-package
44488 \begin_inset Index idx
44491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44492 LaTeX-packages ! caption
44498 \begin_inset Newline newline
44502 \begin_inset Flex URL
44505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44507 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
44515 \begin_layout Bibliography
44516 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44517 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44518 LatexCommand bibitem
44524 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44526 name "Documentation"
44527 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44531 of the LaTeX-package
44536 \begin_inset Index idx
44539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44540 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44546 \begin_inset Newline newline
44550 \begin_inset Flex URL
44553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44555 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44563 \begin_layout Bibliography
44564 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44565 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44566 LatexCommand bibitem
44574 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44576 name "Documentation"
44577 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44583 of the LaTeX-package
44588 \begin_inset Index idx
44591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44592 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44598 \begin_inset Newline newline
44602 \begin_inset Flex URL
44605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44607 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44615 \begin_layout Bibliography
44616 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44617 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44618 LatexCommand bibitem
44624 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44626 name "Documentation"
44627 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44631 of the LaTeX-package
44636 \begin_inset Index idx
44639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44640 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44646 \begin_inset Newline newline
44650 \begin_inset Flex URL
44653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44655 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44663 \begin_layout Bibliography
44664 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44665 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44666 LatexCommand bibitem
44672 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44674 name "Documentation"
44675 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44679 of the LaTeX-package
44684 \begin_inset Index idx
44687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44688 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44694 \begin_inset Newline newline
44698 \begin_inset Flex URL
44701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44703 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44711 \begin_layout Bibliography
44712 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44713 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44714 LatexCommand bibitem
44720 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44722 name "Documentation"
44723 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44727 of the LaTeX-package
44732 \begin_inset Index idx
44735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44736 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44742 \begin_inset Newline newline
44746 \begin_inset Flex URL
44749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44751 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44759 \begin_layout Bibliography
44760 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44762 LatexCommand bibitem
44768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44771 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44775 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44776 \begin_inset Newline newline
44780 \begin_inset Flex URL
44783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44785 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44793 \begin_layout Bibliography
44794 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44795 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44796 LatexCommand bibitem
44802 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44805 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44809 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44810 \begin_inset Newline newline
44814 \begin_inset Flex URL
44817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44819 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44827 \begin_layout Bibliography
44828 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44829 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44830 LatexCommand bibitem
44836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44839 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44843 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44844 \begin_inset Newline newline
44848 \begin_inset Flex URL
44851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44853 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44861 \begin_layout Bibliography
44862 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44863 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44864 LatexCommand bibitem
44870 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44873 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44877 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44878 \begin_inset Newline newline
44882 \begin_inset Flex URL
44885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44887 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44895 \begin_layout Bibliography
44896 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44897 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44898 LatexCommand bibitem
44904 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44907 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44911 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44912 \begin_inset Newline newline
44916 \begin_inset Flex URL
44919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44921 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44929 \begin_layout Bibliography
44930 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44931 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44932 LatexCommand bibitem
44938 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44941 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44945 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44946 \begin_inset Newline newline
44950 \begin_inset Flex URL
44953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44955 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44963 \begin_layout Bibliography
44964 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44965 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44966 LatexCommand bibitem
44972 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44975 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44979 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44980 \begin_inset Newline newline
44984 \begin_inset Flex URL
44987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44989 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44997 \begin_layout Bibliography
44998 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44999 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45000 LatexCommand bibitem
45006 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45009 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
45013 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
45014 \begin_inset Newline newline
45018 \begin_inset Flex URL
45021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45023 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
45031 \begin_layout Bibliography
45032 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45033 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45034 LatexCommand bibitem
45040 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45043 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
45047 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
45048 \begin_inset Newline newline
45052 \begin_inset Flex URL
45055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45057 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
45065 \begin_layout Bibliography
45066 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45067 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45068 LatexCommand bibitem
45074 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45077 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
45081 about new features in
45086 \begin_inset Newline newline
45090 \begin_inset Flex URL
45093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45095 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
45103 \begin_layout Standard
45104 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45138 \begin_inset Note Note
45141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45148 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
45149 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
45150 bibliography is the second one:
45158 \begin_layout Standard
45159 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
45160 LatexCommand bibtex
45161 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
45162 options "biblio/alphadin"
45169 \begin_layout Standard
45170 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
45173 \begin_layout Standard
45174 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
45175 LatexCommand printnomenclature
45181 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
45182 LatexCommand printindex